Home

Schneider P546 1

1. V 1 amp V 2 Any Ph SET Vet amp V lt 2 3Phase V lt Operate Mode DDB V 1 TRIP 683 or V 1AnyPh V 2 3Ph DDB V lt 2 TRIP 687 V 1 3Ph V lt 2AnyPh This logic represents Stage 1 only Stage 2 DDB s are shown for reference only To convert to stage 2 also need to change the connections for V Operate Mode to look at stage 2 settings DDB V 1 START 788 or DDB V 2 START 792 P1636ENg Figure 68 Overvoltage single and three phase tripping mode single stage Note Phase overvoltage protection is phase segregated but the operation of any phase is mapped to 3 phase tripping in the default PSL Each stage of Overvoltage protection may be disabled by a DDB 473 or 474 Inhibit Vx x 1 2 P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 62 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 1 35 1 Reset Mechanisms for Breaker Fail Timers It is common practice to use low set undercurrent elements in protection relays to indicate that circuit breaker poles have interrupted the fault or load current as required This covers the following situations e Where circuit breaker auxiliary contacts are defective or cannot be relied upon to definitely indicate that the bre
2. Aejdsip o pesn jeuuo v sdu jenuejeyip juauno uoneunp oys esneo Aew ulejqoud peA osed A ooojoud 601 9 0 809 O3l 94 0 suejqoud 8 D AlOS M slemyos 3 uo peseg Apes sping IV LLQ L N3 XrSd 10 CO CA uonejueuin2op 2 Ie591uu5 1 Is jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 6002 1des 6002 Aew 00 q z nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH 3002 LL Eo ou olu UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 140 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 LLO L N3 XrSd LLO L N3 XvSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL SNGGOW Defueu 2 Joje 10 eo 5 Slemyos uo peseg uononpojd o peseejei sping oBueuo yo Sala MOU 6020 Il sojdo eseud UW pesn alemyos 2 eseud u uA Hulyseso sJu A 1d 49181581 Sg ao elaisseooeur ue wou BuipeaJ ueuM p4oo98J eoueugjureul e U A 1d Vd uo Buissiw sem Su poy 1249 Dunes seuieuos juepunpeij jenp ui joeJooui Sel 220 jo snYEIS jeuueuo Sulleubis y uo esiou s ueuM 21 SI e 8J euo u uA 9rSd SrSd Jo 401ABU Q 19J109ut psjusnald E0 ZA J0903oJd 01 8 0 909 931 Ul 3Iq euim uuni uuuuns jo esuodsai P9 109UI ue Pex INVMS JO Bur
3. DDB CB1 Open Aph 904 DDB CB External Trip B 536 Libe 2 Ent Ti Reset 12 Prot eset amp ic car Fat 835 0 0 k Only 1 CB Open amp I lt DDB CB1 Open B ph 905 DDB CB1 Extemal Trip C 537 Setting Ext Tip Reset 0 Ic Only 1 CB Open amp I lt 2 Prot Reset amp I lt DDB CB1 Open C ph 906 INTSIG Current Prot SEF Trip 1 po Bs o VA Einen 0 ic Only 1 CB Open amp I lt 2 Prot Reset amp I lt INTSIG ISEF lt Fast Undercurrent DDB CB1 External Trip3ph 534 DDB CB1 Open 3 ph 903 Any voltage trip Ga b E Setting Ext Tip Reset 0 I lt Only 1 CB Open amp I lt 2 Prot Reset amp I lt DDB CB1 Open 903 WI Prot Reset Enable E e Setting Volt Prot Reset _12 Prot Reset amp lt 0 I lt Only 1 CB Open amp I lt DDB Aidt WI Trip3Ph 642 DDB Aid2 WI Trip3Ph 652 DDB Aid WI Trip A 637 DDB Aid2 WI Trip A 647 DDB Aldi WI Trip B 638 DDB Ald2 WI Trip B 648 DDB Aid WI Trip C 639 DDB Aid2 WI Trip C 649 SET CB Fail 2 Timer SET CB Fail 1 Timer P1108ENs
4. eq ued s nbiuuo ujoq os S LI 0 sebueyD suue y pue sonsnejs uoneBedoud jeuueu Jo uonippy S00 0 0 sezis deis SNL Ile jo uononpes sbuas BuiAouu S ATOAUI Ne yeg AH SU S 9 8 yeg 0 Ul p sn luouuuuo2 omno Hq jo uonippy juejunoJe o eouenbes eAneBeu LA Z LINGI Z eBeis ynw Uy eouenbes Bunsix jo jueuieoe des4 suonnio e ENC OU ui EqNG Bunsix y Buroe des opH yul s uluo VU SS SS Y gt gt Y gt gt gt uoroejoJd eouejsip 3nouyM 9794 9 GHSd rrSd trSd Jo eseejes Ay q yedwos L soDueuo Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss Jo jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH Eo ou UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 160 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 ver Qv Na XrSd Uunpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd ver Qv Na XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd ver Qv Na XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd ver Qv Na XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd ver Qv N3 XrSd wnpu ppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyoo L CV A 40 4212 CV A 10 UNed CL A 10 UNed CV A 10 u9 ed CV A 40 UNed iiliqneduios L SeJidxo Aloweuw BY UBYM Buisuejod ssojo eouejsip eu o uonoeJio Jet uo peseq uonoejo d eouejsip 9794 9 StSd vrSd
5. 10 18 eye e oda po9J102 AHADOE gaa Jo euoueje e pue eAnoeui SI Y ll DIN u uA spiinq 09919 u 00991 e jue eJd EB 019 uo p seq uonoejoJd eouejsip UJ 9pSd 9 SpSd vrSd rSd Jo eseejes Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 900 AON nss Jo jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH zl 3002 S UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 168 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 YAfIN NA XrSd YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL esoj eJojny Jo lqesip lqeu oj suono uoo UMEAPUYA nq eseejaJ 10 pe oJdde sem 4 9 uo peseq uono loid eouejsIp YAM spiinq 098 9 uou YYGd 9 SrSd PrSd rSd p eldsip eq you Aew sonsneis 240 CV A 40 UNed euo eAnoe By uey sdno1B6 Buzas ul epoui Bum s ejduuis ui pejepdn jou aue eouejsiq JO no Payay ms UV J s nunuo2 99 49 esojo euur peep eso peJojny d0vSd Jo SUOISJOA GOZ JOU S op Ss 22e ec BIA 101002 gO epouu Dal 9 eu Jo eoueuuoged eui pej2eJ102 uonoejes 1D vGg eui eBueuo o jou sjeedde synejop Buujses ejeunjes o JepJooes eouequnisiq eui Buisneo 19 vg ou sje e jueuno uiu jueA eJd oj Buljeos eouequnisir dn amod Jaye JO ZA eja1 uo sjeuBis 400 Key uonoung
6. DDB Ih 2 Rem Bik C 1023 Intsig Ih 2 Rem2BKC P4042ENa Figure 9 Second harmonic restraint and blocking logic 1 2 2 3 Fifth Harmonic Blocking P543 and P545 If the in zone transformer on a protected line section is loaded with a voltage in excess of the nominal voltage saturation effects occur Without stabilization these could lead to differential protection tripping The fact that the current of the protected object under saturation conditions has a high proportion of fifth harmonic serves as the basis of stabilization Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 55 The P543 and P545 determine the fundamental components and the fifth harmonic components from the line currents and provide fifth harmonic blocking option when the setting cell 3312 Inrush Restraint under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu is set to Blocking For each phase if the level of phase current is above 5 In and if the ratio of fifth harmonic current Ih 5 to fundamental in the line is above the settings at cell 13328 Ih 5 gt then the overfluxing conditions shall be detected which sets the appropriate phase block to block local and remote ends Users have choice to apply Cross blocking or independent blocking by choosing the appropriate setting at cell 3329 Ih 5 CrossBlock under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading If Ih 5 CrossBlock is set to Disabled then independent blocking is
7. soxi4 ng peiqesip S Oe u uA Buiws Mmojs Bunjes WOl SZ A SWWOI JenueJeyiq 5 dy oipnis ay Aq p sn sjinoJio 19 0291 YOO D v u sjueuie OJdU N3 XvSd 6002 4890190 M a 49 V ZA 0164 uoneanBiyuoo Bums ISAOd Mo s O 2 Sd9 Ay 5140 2 GSS uo peseq uonoejoud eoueisip YIM 9rSd 9 SrSd rrSd rSd Jo eseejes soxi4 ng poo SdH au o sjueuie oJdu 2 xej nueul o SUOI OBIIOD peJeejo are s ejes q31 Doug Aem eujojuongoelo A Janes dy oipnis apow uonesueduiJoo JeuuoJsueJi YVM N N3 XrSd ul pesn usym Ajjiqneduuoo 0 600c ABW M o GS PIZA JO Uojeg Ip UM Al l q LvSd GvSd 0 uon O pesn indui VS sSBun s jueJnoJeAo eouenbes eAneDeN 0 401 02 uoneanByuoo pue dnyejs pied jeujeuj3 out o sjueuie OJdU uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 Ay q yedwos L 899 uo p seq uonoejoJd eouejsip ulu 9pSd 9 SpSd rSd Jo eseejes soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 178 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 YEVM GV Na XvrSd umpu ppEe VVM IN Na3 XvSd YEVM GV N3 XvrSd umpu ppEe YVM N Na3 XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyoo L JaNas dy oipnis FL A 10 u9 ed 5 dy oipnis VV CA 10 U9jed
8. DDB V gt 1 C CA START 799 or DDB V gt 2 C CA START 803 d en A No v gt Voltage Set DDB V gt 1 C CA TRIP 694 or V IDMT DT 72 DDBV 2C CA TRIP 698 Overvoltage Timer Block Single Stage V 1 amp V gt 2 Any Ph SET V gt 1 amp V gt 2 3Phase V gt Operate Mode DDB V gt 1 TRIP 691 or V gt 1AnyPh V gt 2 3Ph DDB V gt 2 TRIP 695 V 1 3Ph V gt 2AnyPh This logic represents Stage 1 only Stage 2 DDB s are shown for reference only To convert to stage 2 also need to change the connections for V gt Operate Mode to look at stage 2 settings DDB V gt 1 START 796 or DDB V22 START 800 P1637ENg Figure 67 Undervoltage single and three phase tripping mode single stage Note Undervoltage protection is phase segregated but the operation of any phase is mapped to 3 phase tripping in the default PSL Each stage of Undervoltage protection may be disabled by a DDB 471 or 472 Inhibit Vx 1 33 Overvoltage Protection Both the over and undervoltage protection functions can be found in the relay menu Volt Protection The measuring mode ph N or
9. Figure 71 CB1 failure logic for P544 and P546 models Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 65 SET CB Fal 1 Status 7 SET e CB Fail 2 Status DDB CB2 External Trip A 539 SET CB Fail 1 Timer t INTSIG Any Trip Phase A 0 DDB CB2 Ext SET CB Fail 1 Timer INTSIG Any Tr t DDB CB2 Fall 1Trip 836 INTSIG IB lt Fa rent 0 DDB CB2 Ext SET CB Fail 1 Timer Alarm Breaker a EES q i i INTSIG C lt Fast Undercurrent C82 9 DDB CB2 External Trip A 539 t DDB CB2 Fal 837 d E SET CB Fall 2 Timer SET CB Fall 1 Timer Setting DDB CB2 Open A ph 912 DDB CB2 External Trip B 540 DDB CB2 Open B ph 913 EX TE Reset CC pen amp i _12 Prot DDB CB2 External Trip C 541 DDB CB2 Open C ph 914 INTSIG Current Prot SEF Trip INTSIG ISEF lt Fast Undercurrent DDB CB2 External Trip3ph 538 DDB CB2 Open 3 ph 911 Any voltage trip DDB CB2 Open 3ph 911 WI Prot Reset En
10. AD 42 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size Three Ended Two Ended R1 amp R2 Two Ended Re Configuration Three Ended L amp R2 or Two Ended L amp R1 This setting is to change the scheme from three ended scheme to two ended scheme or vice versa An in deep explanation of relay performance for each case is given in chapter P54x EN OP The setting is invisible when 3 Terminal Scheme Setup is selected A rolling time window beyond which any of the 8 IM signals that are set to Default will be replaced by the corresponding IM X Default Value setting providing that no valid message is received on that channel in the meantime The Chnl Fail Alarm timer will be also initiated If only one channel is used each out of 16 IM signals available that is set to Default will convert to corresponding IM X Default Value If a Dual redundant or 3 ended scheme is selected each out of 8 IM signals available that is set to Default will convert to corresponding IM X Default Value but only for the affected channel Alarm Level 2596 100 1 Setting that is used to alarm for poor channel quality If during a fixed 100 ms rolling window the number of invalid messages divided by the total number of messages that should be received based upon the Baud Rate setting increase above the threshold a Channel Fail Alarm timer will be initiated Prop Delay Stat
11. 0 B Phase VA 0 VA IA Ang remote 1 deg Channel 2 Status C Phase VA 0 VA IB remote 1 0 IM64 Rx Status ISEF Magnitude olololololololololololololololo i2 e2g Ig iIg2i 7 igl Magnitude Last Reset on 12 Magnitude Date Time 10 Magnitude 3Ph Power Factor o HAremote2 foa Chf No Vald Mess IA RMS APh Power Factor IA Ang remote 2 0 deg Ch1 No Err Mess IC RMS CPh Power Factor o 0 deg Ch1 No Sev Err s INIM CIIM CM n 3 VAB Magnitude 3Ph WHours Rev Wh IC Ang remote 2 0 deg Ch2 No Vald Mess VAB Phase Angle 0 deg 3Ph VArHours Fwd 0 VArh IA Differential 0 Ch2 No Err Mess VBC Magnitude 3Ph VArHours Rev 0 VArh IB Differential Ch2 No Errored s VBC Phase Angle 3Ph W Fix Demand 0 IC Differential Ch2 No Sev Err s 0 0A OV 0 deg VCA Magnitude 0v 0 deg VCA Phase Angle Max Ch 2 Prop Delay A A A A A A A IB Ang remote 2 0 deg A A A A A A A 0 0 0 0 0 VAN Magnitude ie AA ba de Max Ch1 TxRx Ww Dgraded m IA Fixed Demand A IB Fixed Demand 0A IC Bias VAN Phase Angle IC Fixed Demand 0A Time VBN Magnitude OV 3PhVV Roll Dem ow li 5 TP VBN Phase Angle 0 deg 3Ph VArs Roll Dem 0 var Clear Statistics IC Roll Demand IB Bias Max Ch 1 Prop Delay a g o 1 3Ph W Peak Dem OW CB1 CSVotMag lov CB1 CSVottang ode Jo cBtBuslineAng odeg
12. 1 spilnq Iy pod BIA uonoexe MO E o spinaq 0 0Z9 23l ul eouequnisip 40 uun wnw xey oBueuo yo Sala MOU 6020 Il sojdo eseud UW pesn alemyos z eseud u uA Hulyseso e aJ sJu A 1d VvSd VGd uo Bulssiw sem euir po 1249 Dunes JejsibeJ Sg ad OW elaisseooeutr 4 YE1 JO GO ZA ue UJOJJ Buipea ueuM pJoo98J eoueuegjureui e JUBADId sjuswenoldwi x eDenBue youal dn samod uo Buieq S U A euonippe paud 0LS2 01 suono uo2 pue sjueuieoueuu3 suueje s gewweu ond asn uM 79 0 peseeJour suue v peppe suuuuo2 puz luo uonepijeA 10 paseajay Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 00 AON 2002 Jew nss Jo jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH d dd SC ou ow UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 142 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 Le3 L Na XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL Ay qyedwos Jeje JO qz o Buipeu6dn pepuswwosey aep 9 euin eu ul q uosees y pajpuey O EdNG Aem y pejoeuo 04 0 556 0 6400 o OL 19e qo p ppv BH lU Jesn B A epeul u9uM p 9 Z g z sdnoub ui s um s soyeoo ney jo Bues v pe es ueeq peu Bunjes oddns pue jouoo Jaye panes Bun s uonoejoud yo ym
13. 405 IN 1 Timer Block Block standby earth fault stage 1 time delayed trip 403 153 Timer Block P Block standby earth fault stage 2 time delayed trip PSL 407 IN 3 Timer Block PSL Block standby earth fault stage 3 time delayed trip 408 IN gt 4 Timer Block PSL Block standby earth fault stage 4 time delayed trip 409 ISEF 1 Timer Blk PSL Block sensitive earth fault stage 1 time delayed trip 410 ISEF 2 Timer Blk PSL Block sensitive earth fault stage 2 time delayed trip 411 ISEF 3 Timer Blk PSL Block sensitive earth fault stage 3 time delayed trip 412 ISEF 4 Timer Blk PSL Block sensitive earth fault stage 4 time delayed trip 413 Not used 406 IN gt 2 Timer Block Block phase undervoltage stage 1 time 414 V 1 Timer Block PSL delayed trip Block phase undervoltage stage 2 time 415 V 2 Timer Block PSL 3 delayed trip Block phase overvoltage stage 1 time 416 V gt 1 Timer Block PSL delayed trip Block phase overvoltage stage 2 time 417 V22 Timer Block PSL b delayed trip Block residual overvoltage stage 1 time 418 VN gt 1 Timer Block PSL delayed trip 419 VN 2 Timer Block PSL Block residual overvoltage stage 2 time delayed trip 420 CB1 Aux 3ph 52 A PSL 52 A CB closed CB auxiliary input 3 phase 421 CB1 Aux A 52 A 52 A CB A phase closed CB auxiliary 422 CB1 Aux B 52 A 52 A CB B phase closed CB auxiliary 423 CB1 Aux C 52 A 52 A CB C phase closed CB auxiliary 424 CB1 Aux 3p
14. Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Zone 3 N start Zone P A phase start Zone P B phase start Zone P C phase start Zone P N start Zone 4 A phase start 758 759 760 761 762 Zone 4 B Start Zone 4 C Start Zone 4 N Start 151 Start 151 Start A Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Overcurrent Overcurrent Zone 4 B phase start Zone 4 C phase start Zone 4 N start 1st stage overcurrent start 3 phase 1st stage overcurrent start phase A Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 103 DDB no English text Source Description 763 1st stage overcurrent start phase B 764 1st stage overcurrent start phase C 765 2nd stage overcurrent start 3 phase 766 2nd stage overcurrent start phase A 767 2nd stage overcurrent start phase B 768 2nd stage overcurrent start phase C 769 3rd stage overcurrent start 3 phase 770 123 Start A Overcurrent 3rd stage overcurrent start phase A 771 3rd stage overcurrent start phase B 772 3rd stage overcurrent start phase C 773 4th stage overcurrent start 3 phase 774 4th stage overcurrent start phase A 775 4th stage overcurrent start phase B 776 1294 Start C Overcurrent 4th Stage overcurrent start phase C 1st stage stand by earth fault SBEF overcurrent start 778 IN gt 2 Start Earth Fault 2nd stage stand by earth fa
15. PIING 0LS2 o eouegunjsip pesse1duooun peppy Ssepoo ejeAud EOLSO peppy 2 pJeoq 10sseo2oJd oo Mau e UII asempuey Z eseud uo suni AjUO UOHEP EA JO esegjaJ jeuJeju 3002 01 o ou olu Ay q yedwos L soDueuo jo uonduosoeg m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 137 LLQ L N3 XrSd LLO L N3 XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL Jaye JO 9 0 Buipeu6dn papuawwoosy pueululoo 4 o esuodsajJ Palloau ue p XId peas pue sjioo peeJ spueuiuioo SNIAON o esuodsai sAeja eui UM uejqoud e p xl 9794 2 StSd 40 55 SNACOW 9uos pereo 2 pesies Bureq suueje omg Jaye JO E0 ZA UD O ut pansa yorum urejqoud jueujuBije eun e peA oseM A SAS sem p yoolq Jolluoui U UA SSED ijod EOLSOI e o esuodse pe oidu 2 WYNS 10 s d eAneuJeye UHA YJOM O eunnoJ dn jejs JosseooJd oo v paly poyy 2 V uo peseg uononpoud o peseejeiJ spying Jaye 10 pepueuiuooesH x yqluul SdH OU 1 oueq n s p ul sjeqe Aejad 9 0100 97 4 SpSd Ui Wajqoud e 1 uu qoid sseooe JOUJOUJ 5 UO uni 0j uoneniur Jo0sseooJd oo Sd BIA euop mou jueJno eo
16. uonoeuuoosip Jualo p Jaye uoneioosse 2 p solo 74 eseg o 40 031 Yul DIE j1euJeuj3 Jo uonegedo p oj uoo ZVON 49AO sp109 1 eouegunisip Jo Bulpeojdn o 0120 Y gt gt Y gt pJeo jeuJeuj3 Bunooq i jeuJeun3 nouli Sol TSH Jo speojuwop A eJe Jos 10Z uo peseg uononpoud o eseejes ZNdd 0 Bune i sexi 6nq jo jequinu y 4614 251 pue jueisueJ 3S6 ISNV OWA Buunp Bunooqai Aejas sjueAeJd HOREO07 Ne JO eq Aew UO uoISSIUISUEJ Jo esneo Np SI g orli U UM 00q91 o Apel sesneo ou s euin 0 dNG peiueA aJd 0 ciNG PSSueyug sjuei pejoeuuoo xew 9 sjsenbeJ Gulpued xeu eseeJou 2 uononpoud o se z voog unr y0oc q z 7002 02 E ou olu iiliqneduios L soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep jeuibiuo xuuns UOISJ89A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 152 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 CV LL N3 XvSd 1 N3 XvSd CV LL N3 XvSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL 1 ye7 10 60 ZA Joe 10 60 ZA JO 60 CA Ay q yedwos L uu qoid Bulwy e ejeutue o dn ye s JosseooJd 09 o seDueu ss Aul Sn 333l 0 uonoeu0 9JeMjjos coz uo peseg uononpouJd o eseejo
17. Ayijiqneduioo L pJ0981 ne CAN ul Jueweinsesw AouenbaJJ jeuuud u peAejdsip Jo pesn 12 VS U UM SWUYO ui sjueuieJnseaui 104290 jjne pejoejes xoeqdoo pue pejqeue 51 ueuw seueuos leuluu eeJu ui Buniqiuul uonoejoud jenue1ejiq v pejue eJdg V4 G UO peseq uogoejoud eoueisip UM 9 4 9 GpSd Ft d red Jo eseejes poNW Ajuo pees sj9pou WE u ueAug 1dnueju S 2 JO Jes uoee sjueuleunseeui ejeJedeg yjeuonouny Jaw po Jeu 0 uoneoulpoiw 434 uonoejoud jne4 uue3 p lou s xi p lqeu SI uonoejoud usnJuu u uA pejqesip eq ueo suBiH jenuejeyq uiensa Bumoolg OIUOULIEH uis pue puz si9uuoJsu u j euozu 104 uoneorddy Z pue z eseud 0g819 241 GSS uo peseq uono loid eouejsIp YUM 9rSd 2 SrSd yd EPGd Jo eseejes Dour soDueuo Jo uondu5Ss dq m xpSd adh Aejay ooz Menuer nss jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH ZS UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 uz EHH EE EE EES uo 10448 ue eonpoud uoee IM yorym Buas eouejsig Jo Jequunu abe e surejuoo li Buas eui uonoejes jeuueuo e1IBip JepjooeJ eoueqinjsig 104 3deoxe lqiyedulo sBun s eouejsip eu pue uonoejes jeuueup eouequnisid eui 104 1deoxe ejqneduoo
18. IEEE C37 94 Fail C Diff C Diff Inhibited C Diff Aid 1 Chan Fail PSL Aid 2 Chan Fail PSL F out of Range Frequency Tracking It indicates that differential protection communications are completely lost and therefore C diff does not work It indicates that communications between relays are completely lost and therefore IM64 does not work It will appear in case of at least one of the following CH1 or CH2 loss of signal CH1 or CH2 PATH YELLOW or CH1 or CH2 BAD RX N Indicate that a differential protection has been inhibited Aided channel scheme 1 channel out of service indication indicating channel failure Aided channel scheme 2 channel out of service indication indicating channel failure Frequency out of range alarm 320 321 CB2 Fail Alarm CB2 Fail CB2 Monitor Alm CB2 Monitoring Circuit breaker 2 fail alarm P544 and P546 only This alarm indicates that DDB CB2 Maint Alarm 1113 or DDB CB2 OPs Maint 1115 or DDB CB2 Time Maint 1117 P544 and P546 only 322 CB2 Mon LO Alarm CB2 Monitoring This alarm indicates that DDB CB2 1 Lockout Alarm 1114 or DDB CB Ops Lock 1116 or DDB CB Time lockout 1118 P544 and P546 only Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 91 DDB no English text Source Description Indication of problems by circuit breaker 2 state monitoring example defective 323 CB2 Status Alarm CB
19. LIT CB1 CS Slip Freq IM Magnitude OA IM Phase Angle 0 deg OA 11 Magnitude P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 126 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 MEASUREMENTS 1 MEASUREMENTS 2 MEASUREMENTS 3 MEASUREMENTS 4 V2 Magnitude ov neri 217 VO Magnitude CB2 CS Volt Mag H CB2 CS Vott Ang oaeo CB2 Bus Line Ang 0 deg SE eo VRem Magnitude IB CT1 Magnitude IC CT1 Magnitude oA A 2 Magnitude oa TI IA CT2 Phase Ang EE IB CT2 Magnitude 0A 0A A IB CT2 Phase Ang 0 EE IC CT2 Magnitude 0 A IC CT2 Phase Ang 0 deg FIRMWARE AND SERVICE MANUAL VERSION HISTORY P54x EN VH I84 P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 126 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 8819801 8 1989 L VEL9S L uonejueuinoop jes uyooL Jaye JO Jemyos geo o Buipei dn 159 c0 SO 40 440 Peppy 9160 Ie Jexe9Jq pyGd sebueuD 9160 uoisjeAuoo dui 9 peep ejod o sebueyD Tye ee noy90 WO S 1 pue 5 0 0 ui sjueue oJduu s ni doid 9 soweu 400 oi seBueu5 peBueuo usiueds peBueuo 1xej ueuuec eouejdeosng 0 2160 Aouedasosip ejod epnjou pe oJduui uoneolpul Bums Jamod JO 3X9 ged gt II SIS S SSS Ss gt gt pe oJduui jueujeunsee
20. Type Max distance km Recommended data Typical re train time rate kbit sec seconds Campus 1092A 40 Obsolete LineRunner DTM 44 Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 69 2 2 InterMiCOM 2 2 1 Protection Signaling In order to achieve fast fault clearance and correct discrimination for faults anywhere within a high voltage power network it is necessary to signal between the points at which protection relays are connected Two distinct types of protection signaling can be identified Unit protection schemes In these schemes the signaling channel is used to convey analog data representative of the power system between relays Typically current magnitude and or phase information is communicated between line ends to enable a unit protection scheme to be implemented These unit protection schemes are not covered by InterMiCOM or InterMiCOM Instead the MiCOM P52x and P54x range of current differential and phase comparison relays are available for unit applications Teleprotection channel aided schemes In channel aided schemes the signaling channel is used to convey simple ON OFF commands from a local protection device to a remote device to provide some additional information to be used in the protection scheme operation The commands can be used to accelerate in zone fault clearance and or prevent out of zone tripping The InterMiCOM application is an effective replaceme
21. Z4 Ph Angle Z4 Ph Resistive ZA Tilt Top line 0 05 500 00 In O 20 90 0 05 500 00 In 30 30 Z4 Ph Sensit Iph gt 4 0 050 2 000 In Ground distance parameters Z1 Gnd Reach Z1 Gnd Angle Z1 Dynamic Tilt Z1 Tilt top line kZN1 Res Comp kZN1 Res Angle kZm1 Mut Comp kZm1 Mut Angle R1 Gnd Resistive Z1 Sensit Ignd gt 1 Z2 Gnd Reach Z2 Gnd Angle 0 05 500 00 In Q 20 90 Disabled or Enabled 30 30 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 05 500 00 In Q 0 050 2 000 In 0 05 500 00 In Q 20 90 Z2 Dynamic Tilt Z2 Tilt top line kZN2 Res Comp kZN2 Res Angle kZm2 Mut Comp kZm2 Mut Angle R2 Gnd Resistive Z2 Sensit Ignd gt 2 Z3 Gnd Reach Z3 Gnd Angle Z3 Dynamic Tilt Z3 Tilt top line Z3 Gnd Rev Rch kZN3 Res Comp kZN3 Res Angle kZm3 Mut Comp kZm3 Mut Angle R3 Gnd Res Fwd R3 Gnd Res Rev Z3 Sensit Ignd gt 3 ZP Ground Reach ZP Ground Angle ZP Dynamic Tilt ZP Tilt top line kZNP Res Comp kZNP Res Angle kZmP Mut Comp kZmP Mut Angle RP Gnd Resistive ZP Sensit Ignd gt P Z4 Gnd Reach Z4 Gnd Angle Z4 Dynamic Tilt ZA Tilt top line kZN4 Res Comp kZN4 Res Angle kZm4 Mut Comp kZm4 Mut Angle R4 Gnd Resistive Z4 Gnd Sensitivity P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 23 Disabled or Enabled 30 30 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 05 500 00 In Q 0 050 2 000 In
22. ale AOQE U JO UON 9JON poys se suiuoo U UA x BuiKe dsip uiejqoJd YOHMS SWWOOI e BuwojoJ yqiyul Bumasa jou sem pueuuuuo2 Aejap doud jenbg SAY uou oj wo Buiuoyws u uA jou sem pei ejep Sd9 pJeoq 10sseooJd oo eu Aq uses Buleg jou sem Bum s Jaw uoneoripoul Jeuo eu 1 9 Gv Gd U lqISIA epeui ueeq seu Jon uoneoyipoul Jeuo BY BPOW Sq uou l pJeoq Joss3901d o9 pjo ue ulm s empley eseud uo suni Aluo uonepi eA 10 eseejes JeuJeju Ay qyedwos Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 1002 Aew nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 132 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 uonejueuinoop jes uyooL s l Sd 19e4xe o ZA peau IA 4015 Siu Hoddns o se 1 CLIO ON peppe s ejaJ yndjno mau 104 1uoddnS g x yns pouu sojdo esi A un JO Yoddns peBueuo suonounj hoddns osje pue ZZOL 0 ezis ui paseu 4840 gt sseJppe BuljeuBbis uonoejoJd ul eseaJou S po2 10119 SUONIPpe 9 soBueyD 10 4109 oido jeyibip jo uonippv 1ueujeJnseeui 1 DEA Duuauu 9 uoneziumndo 10943 psnows HIP 2 JeJjneu Jo sulewoy s e 1 pL 8 SO dO 9 0 peru 110 9 9 S siepolN peBueuo ewo eBesseui Sulleubis
23. dn Burjoo sujuioo 131 puz eui jue eJd oj uonoe4J02 JeujeBoj soyo a19UM seBesseu ueuM uonoeJjxe jue e Buunp suoisJeA SNJAON JO 100q81 e pejue aJg S19 VG 40 eujneu Jo e dsip 3jnejep SNIAON pue 1eunoo 104 sie B m s Buijs ul pesn aq o sJejoeJeuo Jeunoo p pu x AO E o 5401 0 pejoeuoo uueje eoueuojureui gO Jo uoneJedo P3P81109 21 uo seBessow pije ou jo Aejdsiq 9JeMjjos coz uo peseg uononpouJd o eseejoy peA oueJ 99600Xy JejsibeJ SNAAON pileAul O0 dNG pue 0 S 4 2 104 ou s euin oj sjueuieAoJduJ epeuu uonoeuuoo ou u uA sunou 02 Ajeyeuurxoudde saye puedo Lola J0903oJd 01 S 02809 O3l ul 114 euin y Jo suods 1 j9eJJoouI ue Pax pe oJduui ou s euin SNJAON Jo Ade naay seuieuos juepunpeij jenp ui joeJJooui Sd9 220 jo snjejs jeuueuo Sulleubis y uo esiou s ueuM 21 SI e 1 euo U UM 9rSd SrSd Jo 401ABU Q 199J109ut psjusnald J0903oJd 01 S 02809 O3l ul 110 euin uunu uuuuns JO esuodsaj 98 109UI ue 1 p eoq JosseooJd oo o peppe Bunjoeuo yes WIWHS 2 coz uo peseg uononpojd o sp l s soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 9002 dv 7002 AON 7002 PO nss Jo jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH 002 0c UOISJ9A Firmwar
24. 1 Time Dial 151 Reset Char 151 tRESET 152 Status up to 152 tRESET Disabled Enabled Enabled VTS Enabled Ch Fail En VTSorCh Fail En VTSandCh Fail DT IEC S Inverse IEC V Inverse IEC E Inverse UKLT Inverse IEEE M Inverse IEEE V Inverse IEEE E Inverse US Inverse US ST Inverse Non Directional Directional Fwd Directional Rev 0 08 4 00 In 0 00 100 00 s 0 025 1 200 0 01 100 00 DT Inverse 0 00 100 00 s All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the first stage overcurrent 151 153 Status 153 Directional 153 Current Set 153 Time Delay I gt 4 Status up to 154 Time Delay I Char Angle I Blocking P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 25 Disabled Enabled Enabled VTS Enabled Ch Fail En VTSorCh Fail En VTSandCh Fail Non Directional Directional Fwd Directional Rev 0 08 32 00 In 0 00 100 00 s All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the third stage overcurrent 173 95 95 Binary function link string selecting which overcurrent elements stages 1 to 4 will be blocked if VTS detection of fuse failure occurs Negative sequence overcurrent neg seq O C 12 1 Status 1251 Function 1251 Direction 12 gt 1 Current Set 12 1 Time Delay 1251 TMS 1221 Time Dial 12 1 Reset Char 12 gt 1 tRESET 1252 Status up to 1222 tRESET 12 gt 3 Status Enabled Disabled Disabled DT IEC S Inverse IEC V Inverse IEC E Inve
25. 132 0 V 0 0 99 0 s P544 and P546 system checks Voltage Monitors Live Line Dead Line Live Bus 1 Dead Bus 1 Live Bus 2 Dead Bus 2 CS UV CS OV Sys Checks CB1 CB1 CS Volt BIk CB1 CS1 Status CB1 CS1 Angle CB1 CS1 Vdiff CB1 CS1 SlipCirl CB1 CS1 SlipFreq CB1 CS2 Status 132 V 132 V 132 V 132 V 132 V 132 V 120 V 60 200 V Enabled Disabled V lt V gt Vdiff gt V and V5 V lt and Vdiff gt V and Vdiff gt V lt V and Vdiff gt None Enabled or Disabled 0 90 1 120 V Enabled Disabled 5 mHz 2 Hz Enabled Disabled o on on on o O CB1 CS2 Angle CB1 CS2 Vdiff CB1 CS2 SlipCtrl CB1 CS2 SlipFreq CB1 CS2 Adaptive CB1 CI Time Sys Checks CB2 up to CB2 CI Time P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 29 0 90 1 120 V Enabled Disabled 5 mHz 2 Hz Enabled Disabled 10 0 ms 0 5 s AlI settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the first controlled circuit breaker CB1 Manual System Checks Num CBs CB1M SC required CB1M SC CS1 CB1M SC CS2 CB1M SC DLLB CB1M SC LLDB CB1M SC DLDB CB2M SC required up to CB2M SC DLDB Auto reclose CB1 only CB2 only CB1 amp CB2 Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the first controlled circuit breaker CB1 P543
26. 40 SO CA y m uoneJedo eA oJduur o S INDIID 390 9 seDueu Do OZ uo peseg uononpouJd peseejeiJ spying IN Jeje JO qz o Buipeu6dn pspuswwossy seuieuos juepunpai jenp ul dujigjui eArssiuJeg 9vGd 9794 sduyejui peuyep Jesn 104 9160 1Sd P9P8 1109 uod suuuoo puz WON JO SSO JuaNILLISJU 8400 4 GGZ Ley 9 pUeu UBD U os uisiueuoeui J9JsueJ YOO Jeunoo Pay poy L23 L N3 XvSd JO GO ZA x9oJ9 ejnpouu 3ndui o sonsouBeip pe ouduu sdu jenueeyip jueuno uoneunp oys esneo Aew ulejqoJd peA oseM A ooojoud 601 9 0 809 O41 94 0 swejgqo d eje es panjosey A 9JeMjjos gz uo peseg uoronpoud o peseejeiJ spying Iv uonejueuin2op 2 Ie591uu5 1 Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay voog unr 6002 1des 6002 unr 6002 JEN nss jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 144 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 123 1 Na XrSd uonoejoJd eouejsip ay oj 51 A Joje JO GQ FEN aJEMYOS HZ uo peseg uononpoud oj pesesjeiJ spilnq Iv 9002 Aew Le3 L Na XrSd 123 1 Na XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL Jaye JO GO ZA Je up SNIAON pebueyD aIEMYOS NZ uo peseg uononpoud
27. 40 ms or 2 whichever is greater Repeatability 196 IDMT characteristic shape 40 ms or 2 whichever is greater Reset 75 ms Neutral displacement residual overvoltage Accuracy DT Pick up Setting 5 IDMT Pick up 1 05 x setting 5 Drop off 0 95 x setting 5 Definite time operation 20 ms or 2 whichever is greater Instantaneous operation 50 ms Repeatability 1096 IDMT characteristic shape 60 ms or 596 whichever is greater Reset 35 ms Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Circuit breaker fail and undercurrent Accuracy Pick up 10 or 0 025 In whichever is greater Operating time lt 12 ms Timers 2 ms or 2 whichever is greater Reset 15 ms Broken conductor logic Accuracy Pick up Setting 2 5 Drop off 0 95 x setting 2 5 Definite time operation 50 ms or 2 whichever is greater Reset 25 ms Thermal overload Accuracy Thermal alarm pick up Calculated trip time 10 Thermal overload pick up Calculated trip time 10 Cooling time accuracy 15 of theoretical Repeatability 596 Operating time measured with applied current of 20 above thermal setting Voltage transformer supervision Accuracy Fast block operation 1 cycle Fast block reset 1 5 cycles Time delay 20 ms or 296 whichever is greater Current transformer supervision Standard CTS Accuracy IN Pick up Setting 5 VN Pick up Setting 5 IN Dr
28. 5 Timer accuracy Timers 2 or 40 ms whichever is greater Reset time lt 30 ms Undercurrent accuracy Pick up 10 or 25 mA whichever is greater Operating time lt 20 ms Reset lt 25 ms Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 InterMiCOM fiber optic teleprotection End end operation Table below shows minimum and maximum transfer time for InterMiCOM IM64 The times are measured from opto initialization with no opto filtering to relay standard output and include a small propagation delay for back back test 2 7 ms for 64 kbits s and 3 2 ms for 56 kbits s IDiff IM64 indicates InterMiCOM signals working in conjunction with the differential protection fiber optic communications channel IM64 indicates InterMiCOM signals working as a standalone feature Coniguation Permissive ram IM64 at 64 k 17 20 IM64 at 56 k 19 22 IDiff IM64 at 64 k 23 25 IDiff IM64 at 56 k 24 26 25 27 Ethernet data where applicable 100 Base FX Interface Transmitter Optical Characteristics TA 0 C to 70 C VCC 4 V to 5 25 V Parameter Sym Min Max Unit Output Optical Power BOL 62 5 125 um NA 0 275 Fiber EOL Output Optical Power BOL 50 125 um NA 0 20 Fiber EOL Optical Extinction Ratio Output Optical Power at Logic 0 State BOL Beginning of life EOL End of life Receiver Optical Characteristics TA 0 C to 70 C
29. 550 Inhibit Predictive OST PSL Block predictive out of step tripping command 551 Predictive OST PSL Predictive out of step trip 552 Inhibit OST PSL Block out of step tripping command 554 Start Z5 PSL 57 sequence impedance is detected in 555 Start Z6 PSL 7 sequence impedance is detected in 556 CNV Active Distance Basic Scheme Level detector Curent NoVolts CNV exceeded 557 TOR Trip CNV Distance Basic Scheme Trip on Reclose trip due to Current No Volts CNV level detectors Switch on to Fault trip due to Current No 558 SOTF Trip CNV Distance Basic Scheme Volts CNV level detectors Phase A Fast Overvoltage level detector 559 Fast OV PHA Distance Basic Scheme used by Current No Volts CNV e Phase B Fast Overvoltage level detector 560 Fast OV PHB Distance Basic Scheme used by Current No Volts CNV Phase C Fast Overvoltage level detector 561 Fast OV PHC Distance Basic Scheme used by Current No Volts CNV Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 99 DDB no English text Source Description 562 I2 Inhibit Inhibit Neg Sequence overcurrent protection 563 2 gt 1 Tmr Blk PSL Block Neg Sequence overcurrent stage 1 time delayed trip PSL 564 1252 Tmr Blk Block Neg Sequence overcurrent stage 2 time delayed trip Block Neg Sequence overcurrent stage 3 time delayed trip PSL 566 1254 Tmr Blk PSL Block Neg Sequence overcurrent stage 4 time delayed trip 567 1221 Start Neg Sequence
30. Broken Conductor Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Broken Conductor function 12 11 stage ANSI 46BC Earth Fault Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the back up Earth Fault Protection function IN gt stages ANSI 50 51 67N SEF REF PROT N Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Sensitive Earth Fault Restricted Earth fault Protection function ISEF gt stages ANSI 50 51 67N IREF gt stage ANSI 64 Residual O V NVD Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Residual Overvoltage Protection function VN gt stages ANSI 59N Thermal Overload Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Thermal Overload Protection function ANSI 49 PowerSwing Block Enabled Enabled or Disabled Only in models with Distance option To enable activate or disable turn off the power swing blocking out of step ANSI 68 78 Volt Protection Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Voltage Protection under overvoltage function V V stages ANSI 27 59 Freq Protection Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Frequency Protection under over frequency function F lt F gt stages ANSI 810 U df dt Protection Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Rate of change
31. CB2 Fit Freq Time All settings selected from the same ranges as per the first controlled circuit breaker CB1 Optocoupled binary inputs opto config Global threshold Custom Opto Input 1 up to Opto Input 8 Filter Control Characteristics 24 27 V 30 34 V 48 54 V 110 125 V 220 250 V max opto no fitted Custom options allow independent thresholds to be set per opto from the same range as above Binary function link string selecting which optos will have an extra 1 2 cycle noise filter and which will not Standard 60 80 50 70 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Control inputs into PSL ctrl VP config Hotkey Enabled Binary function link string selecting which of the control inputs will be driven from Hotkeys Control Input 1 Latched Pulsed up to Control Input 32 Latched Pulsed Ctrl Command 1 up to Ctrl Command 32 ON OFF SET RESET IN OUT ENABLED DISABLED EIA RS 232 Teleprotection INTERMiCOM Comms Source Address 0 10 Received Address 0 10 Data Rate 600 Baud 1200 Baud 2400 Baud 4800 Baud 9600 Baud 19200 Baud Loopback Mode Disabled Internal External Test Pattem Configuration of which InterMiCOM signals are to be energized when the loopback test is applied INTERMiCOM conf IM Msg Alarm Lvl 0 1 100 0 6 IM1 Cmd Type Disabled Direct Blocking Permissive up to IM8 Cmd Type Disabl
32. DNP SBO Timeout DNP Link Timeout Disabled Enabled Primary Secondary or Normalized 1 30 mins Alarm Event None 0 1 60 s 1 30 mins 100 2048 1 120 s 1 10 s 0 1 60 s IEC 61850 protocol Ethernet NIC Tunl Timeout NIC Link Report NIC Link Timeout 1 30 mins Alarm Event None 0 1 60 s Optional additional second rear communication rear port2 RP2 RP2 Protocol Courier fixed RP2 Port Config Courier over EIA RS 232 Courier over EIA RS 485 K Bus RP2 Comms Mode IEC60870 FT1 2 Frame 10 Bit NoParity RP2 Address 0 255 RP2 InactivTimer 1 30 mins RP2 Baud Rate 9600 bits s 19200 bits s 38400 bits s P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 20 Commission tests Monitor Bit 1 up to Monitor Bit 8 Binary function link strings selecting which DDB signals have their status visible in the Commissioning menu for test purposes Test Mode Disabled Test Mode Blocked Contacts Test Pattern Configuration of which output contacts are to be energized when the contact test is applied No Operation Apply Test Remove Test Contact Test Test LEDs No Operation Apply Test Test Auto reclose No Operation Trip 3 Pole Trip Pole A Trip Pole B Trip Pole C Static Test Mode Disabled Enabled Static Test Disabled Enabled Loopback Mode Disabled Internal External IM64 TestPattern Configuration of which InterMiCOM commands are to be set high or low for a loop
33. Je Sul jeuonoeJip eouejsi A SIS JeuJo sno 104 peseejeJ SPIING r rSd 9 rSd AlUO uedo ejod ejBuis Un SHOA Mou J9je Jo Q S1S 1 uuo sno 10 peseeja1 SPINA rSd 9 rSd AlUO 1002 Aew 1002 JEW 8 1989 L gELYSDOL uonejueuinoop jes uyooL Ay qyedwos 9joKo 1ewod SpJoo28J eouegunisip suodeij JejsiDeJ snyeIs SNJAON pelloou eq Aew SNJAON Je o peel sjueuieunseeui 10 O ZA PX Or Ld UM pesn ueuw ue qoud uoneoiunuuuioo SNIAON O g y GUL JO OL 9 6 9 s ejaJ esn o jueueunbes sefBueuo von Jo Ile sepnjou uononpoid o peseejes peBueuo sseippe SNIAON euos eAneBeu se poeuiooui UMOUS eq pino uoneoo nes moj ASA uueje ile Auayeg pexy ne yee uoroeuip uou jJeuonoeJiq pay pow li JQU pejeuoo uoneoo Ne Jo senje AeB u BuipeeiJ uiejqoud SNIAON 19 140 O ZA pe12eJJ09 q ejddu Buisn eouepuedep nuayy P8 98 109 X ys ueds eZ eouejsiq uoneoyipoul Ajiqgeduuoo 80 2 uoneoyipoul Ajiiqneduioo ejnpou eq Jeuno 2 O dNG sepnpu uo UOHEP EA 10 eseeja1 jeu1a u Is soDueuo jo uonduosoeg m xpSd adh Aejay 0002 PO 0002 des nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH S0 UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manua
34. RST must be calculated in the following manner where the setting is a function of the required stability voltage setting Vs and the relay current setting IREF gt Is Vs IF RCT 2RL S I AE m vue e pupa mc B IREF gt I IREF gt ls Note The above formula assumes negligible relay burden The stabilizing resistor that can be supplied is continuously adjustable up to its maximum declared resistance 2 17 Integral Intertripping The MiCOM P54x supports integral intertripping in the form of InterMiCOM InterMiCOM can be realized using an auxiliary EIA RS 232 connection MODEM InterMiCOM or it can be realised by means of an integral optical fiber communication connection fiber InterMiCOM or InterMiCOM64 EIA RS 232 MODEM InterMiCOM provides a single full duplex communication channel suitable for connection between two MiCOM P54x The fiber InterMiCOM InterMiCOM64 can provide up to two full duplex communications channels It can be used to connect two MiCOM P54x using a single channel or redundancy can be added by using dual communications Alternatively InterMiCOM64 can be used to connect three MiCOM P54x devices in a triangulated scheme for the protection of Teed feeders MODEM InterMiCOM and InterMiCOM64 are completely independent They have separate settings are described by separate DDB signals As a general rule where possible InterMiCOM64 would be preferable from an appli
35. Residual Comp 0 00 10 00 Residual Angle 180 90 Mutual Comp Disabled Enabled KZm Mutual Set 0 00 10 00 KZm Mutual Angle 180 90 Mutual cut off k 0 0 2 0 Phase Sequence Standard ABC Reverse ACB CB Tripping Mode per CB as appropriate 3 Pole 1 and 3 Pole Line Charging Y 0 00 10 00 ms Distance setup Setting Mode Simple Advanced Phase distance Phase Chars Mho Quadrilateral Quad Resistance Common Proportional Fault Resistance 0 05 500 00 In Q Zone 1 Ph Status Disabled Enabled Zone 1 Ph Reach 10 1000 of line Zone 2 Ph Status Disabled Enabled Zone 2 Ph Reach 10 1000 of line Zone 3 Ph Status Disabled Enabled Zone 3 Ph Reach 10 1000 of line Zone 3 Ph Offset Disabled Enabled Z3Ph Rev Reach 10 1000 of line Zone P Ph Status Disabled Enabled Zone P Ph Dir Forward Reverse Zone P Ph Reach 10 100096 of line Zone 4 Ph Status Disabled Enabled Zone 4 Ph Reach Ground distance Ground Chars 10 1000 of line Mho Quadrilateral Quad Resistance Common Proportional Fault Resistance 0 05 500 00 In O Zone Gnd Status Disabled Enabled Zone1 Gnd Reach 10 1000 of line Zone2 Gnd Status Disabled Enabled Zone2 Gnd Reach 10 1000 of line Zone3 Gnd Status Disabled Enabled Zone Gnd Reach 10 100096 of line Zone Gnd Offset Disabled Enabled Z3Gnd Rev Reach 10 1000 of line ZoneP Gnd Status Disabled Enabled ZoneP Gnd Direction Forward Reverse ZoneP Gnd
36. Their default values are Disabled The DNP3 communication interface that do not support the feature will ignore these settings New DDB Signals The remote Read Only mode is also available in the PSL via three dedicated DDB signals e RP1 Read Only e RP2 Read Only e NIC Read Only Through careful scheme logic design the activations of these Read Only signals can be facilitated via Opto Inputs Control Inputs and Function Keys These DDBs are available in every build however they are effective only in Courier IEC 60870 5 103 build and in latest IEC 61850 firmware version 57 onwards The setting cells are not available in DNP3 0 APPLICATION NOTES P54x EN AP Ja4 2 1 4 Transformers in zone applications P543 and P545 models In applying the well established principles of differential protection to transformers a variety of considerations have to be taken into account These include compensation for any phase shift across the transformer possible unbalance of signals from current transformers either side of windings and the effects of the variety of earthing and winding arrangements In addition to these factors which can be compensated for by correct application of the relay the effects of normal system conditions on relay operation must also be considered The differential element must restrain for system conditions which could result in maloperation of the relay such as high levels of magnetizing current during inrush
37. To drive function key LED1 yellow DDB 710 and DDB 711 must be active at the same time 1096 Function Key 1 Function Key Function Key CB Monitoring 1105 Function Key 10 I Maint Alarm CB1 I Lockout Alarm CB1 1106 1107 CB Monitoring Function key 1 is activated In Normal mode it is high on keypress and in Toggle mode remains high low on single keypress Function key 10 is activated In Normal mode it is high on keypress and in Toggle mode remains high lovv on single keypress Broken current maintenance alarm circuit breaker cumulative duty alarm set point Broken current lockout alarm circuit breaker cumulative duty has been exceeded 1108 CB OPs Maint CB1 CB Monitoring 1109 CB OPs Lockout CB1 CB Monitoring CB Monitoring CB Monitoring CB Monitoring 1110 CB Op Time Maint CB1 CB Op Time Lockout 1111 CB1 1112 Fault Freq Lock CB1 No of circuit breaker operations maintenance alarm indicated due to circuit breaker trip operations threshold No of circuit breaker operations maintenance lockout excessive number of circuit breaker trip operations safety lockout Excessive circuit breaker operating time maintenance alarm excessive operation time alarm for the circuit breaker slow interruption time Excessive circuit breaker operating time lockout alarm excessive operation time alarm for the circuit breaker too slow interru
38. Version History VH 16 158 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 YZTIN N3 XrSd N3 XrSd YZTIN N3 XvSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL CL A 10 UNed CL A 10 4212 CL A 10 u9 ed L S esojoeJlojny Jo e qesip ejqeue o 5401 00 ib uo peseq uoroejoJd eouejsip 3nouyM 9794 GrSd rrSd rSd Jo eseejes esoj peJlojny Jo e qesip ejqeue oj 540100 se 1 UMEJPYNM nq eseeja1 JO pe o1dde sem py uo peseq uonoejoud eouejsip spiinq 0919 uou 9pSd 2 SrSd rrSd vSd pefKejdsip eq jou Aew sonsneis 240 JO JNO peuojMs JI U A senunuoo l esoj o euun peep esoj eJojny QOrSd Jo SUOISJOA 802 XJOM JOU S op ss999e ec BIA 101002 gO epouu Dal 9 eu Jo eoueuuoged eui pej2eJ102 uonoejes 1D VS eui eBueuo o jou sjeedde synejep Buujses ejeunjes o JepJooes eouequnisiq eui Buisneo 19 vg ou sje e jueuno uiu jueA eJd o Buljeos eouequnisi dn amod uo sjeuBis 440 y uonounsg Buruoje eui dnoi6 y uo Bury yBu Aq s um s o pesn s S INOO IN Buisn ueuw uoneJedo pejeJuoo jueunoJje o eseud eouenbes eAneBou JO l5uy 8 puguuuuoO 0 SO S D EA ANI 9 26 L 99 SAC 401 suonej sueJ youal Vu0S o peonpei q
39. When enabled all current values transmitted to the remote relays and 454 Stub Bus Enabled all those received from remote relays are set to zero Differential intertrip signals are not sent The protection provides differential protection for the stub zone When linked to an opto input inhibits 455 Inhibit C Diff differential relay at the local end and send an inhibit command to the remote end Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 95 DDB no English text 456 Recon Interlock 457 Prop Delay Equal 458 Inhibit WI 459 Test Mode 460 103 Command Blocking 461 103 Monitor Blocking Source PSL o r U o PSL PSL Description This must be energized along with DDB 455 inhibit C Diff at the time that a relay configuration is changed from 3 ended to 2 ended scheme This usually should be driven from a 52 B contact of the CB connected to the line end that is taken out of service If a P54x relay working with GPS sample synchronization loses GPS and there is a further switch in the protection communications network the relay becomes Inhibit If GPS become active again the relay will automatically reset But if not the user can remove the inhibited condition by energizing this DDB signal as long as it is ensured that propagation delay times are equal Inhibit weak infeed aided scheme logic Commissioning tests automatically places
40. for transformer earth faults only is applied This is referred to as restricted earthfault protection REF When applying differential protection such as REF some suitable means must be employed to give the protection stability under external fault conditions therefore ensuring that relay operation only occurs for faults on the transformer winding connections Two methods are commonly used bias or high impedance The biasing technique operates by measuring the level of through current flowing and altering the relay sensitivity accordingly The high impedance technique ensures that the relay circuit is of sufficiently high impedance such that the differential voltage that may occur under external fault conditions is less than that required to drive setting current through the relay The REF protection in the P54x relays can be configured to operate as high impedance element Following sections describe the application of the relay for high impedance element Note The high impedance REF element of the relay shares the same CT input as the SEF protection Hence only one of these elements may be selected 2 8 4 1 Setting Guidelines for High Impedance Restricted Earth Fault REF From the SEF REF options cell Hi Z REF must be selected to enable this protection The only setting cell then visible is IREF gt Is which may be programmed with the required differential current setting This would typically be set to give a primary operatin
41. uuos ul 5011 jerjueJegp jueuno uomneJnp poys pesneo uoIuM peAjoses s uu u2s CUILUI9 ul uonesu duuo uano Buifueuo eAnroedeo jo uonejedo 29400 A seuieuos Sue e ui wieje eJnjrej D Jo uonejedo Pauoau D A OS M 2 S0 uo peseg uononpojd o peseejei sping Iv Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay voog uer 00 q z 00 AON nss Jo jeuibiuo 002 GO 53M C 7 ou ow xuuns UOISJ89A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 131 Sd 0 peppe sjeu is ou s xoeuo jeuonippv JO 80 CA SIEMYOS M80 uo peseg uononpoud peseejai jou Ajuo eseeje peur uononpoud ui 9JeMjJOS O ale AOQE U JO UON 9JON gaa dui ejod e e240J parowy eouejsip yoolq o sieubis 440 Peppv MV saeu du JO ya ym 32ejes o YY S erSd 0 Dunjes e peppy ou 1 J 1 jnejep 1Sd p220 sipow je 91 o sigun Sd Jo Jequinu peseeJou SZ 1 uun pow Jeuo Jo en eA xew peBueuo yalyu UD O 0 H doup s e pappy s uu uos pepue ui sjueuleJnseeu JO SSO JU A 1d pJeoq 1oss oo1ud o2 pjo ue UII s empley eseud uo suni uo UOHEP EA 10 esegjeJ jeuJaju 00 994 1002 unr 90 uonejueuinoop jes uyooL uoNonpoJd ui SJEMYOS o
42. 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved MiCOM P545 P544 P545 amp P546 Current Differential Protection Relay P54x EN AD Kb4 Software Version 47 amp 57 Hardware Suffix K Update Documentation Schneider Electric Note The technical manual for this device gives instructions for its installation commissioning and operation However the manual cannot cover all conceivable circumstances or include detailed information on all topics In the event of questions or specific problems do not take any action without proper authorization Contact the appropriate Schneider Electric technical sales office and request the necessary information Any agreements commitments and legal relationships and any obligations on the part of Schneider Electric including settlements of warranties result solely from the applicable purchase contract which is not affected by the contents of the technical manual This device MUST NOT be modified If any modification is made without the express permission of Schneider Electric it will invalidate the warranty and may render the product unsafe The Schneider Electric logo and any alternative version thereof are trademarks and service marks of Schneider Electric All trade names or trademarks mentioned herein whether registered or not are the property of their owners This manual is provided for informational use only and is subject to change without notice 2010 Schneider Electric All rights re
43. 531 DDB Trip Output B 524 DBD Trip Inputs C 532 DDB Trip Output C 525 DDB Force 3Pole Trip 533 DDB Trip Inputs 3ph 529 DDB Trip 3ph 526 all gt gt gt DDB 3ph Fault 528 DDB 2 3 ph Fault 527 DDB Any Trip 522 DDB Poledead A 892 DDB Poledead B P1587ENc 693 DDB Poledead C 894 Figure 15 Trip conversion scheme logic 1 29 Earth Fault Sensitive Earth Fault SEF and Restricted Earth Fault REF protection The P54x relays include backup earth fault protection Two elements are available a derived earth fault element where the residual current to operate the element is derived from the addition of the three line CT currents and a sensitive earth fault element where low current settings are required The sensitive earth fault element has a separate CT input and would normally be connected to a core balance CT The derived and sensitive earth fault elements both have four stages of protection The first two stages can be set either inverse time or definite time only The third and fourth stages have a DT characteristic only Each stage can be configured to be directional forward directional reverse or non directional Note The input CT which is designed specifically to operate at low current magnitudes is common to both the Sensitive Earth Fault SEF and high impedance Restricted Earth Fault REF protection so these features are treated as mutually exclusive within
44. Accuracy of zones and timers as per distance Operating range up to 7 Hz Three phase overcurrent protection Accuracy Additional tolerance X R ratios 5 over X R 1 90 Overshoot 30 ms Inverse time characteristic Accuracy Pick up Setting 5 Drop off 0 95 x setting 5 Minimum trip level for IDMT elements 1 05 x Setting 5 Inverse time stages 40 ms or 5 whichever is greater Definite time stages 40 ms or 296 whichever is greater Repeatability 576 Directional boundary accuracy t2 with hysteresis 3 Additional tolerance due to increasing X R ratios 5 over the X R ratio from 1 to 90 Overshoot of overcurrent elements 30 ms P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 14 Earth Sensitive Fault protection Earth Fault DT Pick up Setting 5 Minimum IDMT Trip level 1 05 x Setting 5 Drop off 0 95 x Setting 5 IDMT shape 5 or 40 ms whichever is greater IEEE reset 10 or 40 ms whichever is greater DT operation 2 or 50 ms whichever is greater DT reset 2 or 50 ms whichever is greater Repeatability 5 Reference conditions TMS 1 TD 1 and IN gt setting of 1A operating range 2 20 In SEF Pick up Setting 5 Drop off 0 95 x Setting 5 Minimum trip level of IDMT elements 1 05 x Setting 5 IDMT characteristic shape 5 or 40 ms whichever is greater 17 5 or 60 ms whichever is greater DT operation 2 or 50 ms whichever is greater DT reset 5 or 5
45. Auto reclose supported P544 and P546 only 334 Main Prot Fail Co processor Interface EE a failure in differential or distance In three ended schemes on power up the relays check to see if one of them should be configured out Under some circumstances 395 Config Error it is possible for them to fail to resolve this in which case they produce the DDB CONFIGURATION ERROR alarm Indicates that RESTORE or 336 Re Config Error C Diff RECONFIGURE or CONFIGURE operations have failed This is an alarm which indicates that C3794 337 Comms Changed C Diff comms have been changed to standard or vice versa and relay must be rebooted Triggers user alarm 1 message to be n SR Usen Alarmi alarmed on LCD display self resetting 347 SR User Alarm 4 Triggers user alarm 4 message to be PSL alarmed on LCD display self resetting 348 MR User Alarm 5 Triggers user alarm 5 message to be alarmed on LCD display manual resetting P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 92 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description Triggers user alarm 8 message to be SE MR Meer alanis PSE alarmed on LCD display manual resetting 352 Battery Fail Self Monitoring Front panel miniature battery failure either battery removed from slot or low voltage 353 Field Volts Fail Self Monitoring 48 V field voltage failure 354 Rear Comm 2 Fail Self Monitoring Some Na male u
46. Buruoje u ZV ZA 10 U9jed dnoJB y uo Bury JuBu Aq s um s 9jeAnoe oj pesn s S WOH Bursn ueuw uoNeledo pejeJuoo Sum s jueunoJe o eseud eouenbes eAneBou JO l5uy 8 puguuuuoO E0LSO S D EA AN 8 und GHZE 9 ZYZE SIIeo serouepuedeq 6 8096 SAC 401 suonej sueJ youal yw OG 0 peonpai Jas Ju unO si gogr 104 Humes iney q uJogejd suonnjo e qNq Buisn you ui sseJppe ANA 102 ue WOJ EYE juo 8Jd 319 uo peseq uonoejoud eouejsip UUM SPIN 09819 uou 9TGcl 9 SrSd PG ErGd Jo eseejes Ay qyedwos Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 2002 ken nss Jo jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH LS 3 ou UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 169 YATIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 CV A 10 UNed Ayijiqneduioo L esoj eJojny Jo lqesip lqeu oj suono uoo p lqeu jue no pue eouejsip ujoq u uA uornoejep Buiws Jamod g uo peseq uoroejoJd eouejsip UUM spiinq 09919 uou 9 4 9 SrSd rrSd rSd Jo eseejes soDueuo Jo uonduoseg m xpSd adh Aejay 1002 Ainr nss jeuibiuo 9Je
47. Bus1 V is greater than setting SlipFr1 2 line freq Bus freq P544 and P546 only 1495 CB1 CS2 AngHigh 1496 CB1 CS2 AngHigh Line Bus1 phase angle in range Angle 1 2 to 180deg anticlockwise from Vbus P544 and P546 only Line Bus1 phase angle in range Angle 1 2 to 180deg clockwise from Vbus P544 and P546 only 1497 Lead AR 1P 1498 Lead AR 3P 1499 CB2 Trip AR MemA 1500 CB2 Trip AR MemB PSL PSL If setting Lead AR Mode Opto then if input DDB LARSP is high the leader CB is enabled for single phase autoreclose if LARSP is low the leader CB is NOT enabled for single phase autoreclose P544 and P546 only If setting Lead AR Mode Opto then if input DDB LAR3P is high the leader CB is enabled for three phase autoreclose if LAR3P is low the leader CB is NOT enabled for three phase autoreclose P544 and P546 only CB2A Ph trip amp AR initiation memory P544 and P546 only CB2 B Ph trip amp AR initiation memory P544 and P546 only P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 120 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description 2 C Ph trip amp AR initiation memory 1501 CB2 Trip AR MemC P544 and P546 only 1502 to 1503 Not used DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input Input high low operation will initiate APh test trip amp autoreclose cycle P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms
48. C the self healing ring can continue to transfer signals from node B to node C via the standby route through nodes B A F E D and then C obviously a longer path In this case the communication propagation delay times between nodes B and C differ in the two directions and if the difference is greater than 1ms the traditional time alignment technique described in section 1 1 1 1 is no longer adequate P1003ENa Figure 4 Example of switched synchronous digital hierarchy P54x make use of the timing information available from the GPS system to overcome the limitation of the traditional technique and therefore allow application to communications that can provide a permanent or semi permanent split path routing A 1 pulse per second output from a GPS receiver is used to ensure that the re sampling of the currents at each relay occurs at the same instant in time The technique is therefore not dependant on equal transmit and receive propagation delay times changes in one or both of the propagation delay times also do not cause problems These factors make it suitable for use with switched SDH networks The GPS technique is taken further however to overcome concerns about the reliability of the GPS system Consider a similar two ended system to that of Figure 3 where the re sampling instants tAn tBn are synchronized using the GPS timing information Here
49. Delay V 1 TMS 0 5 V 1 Poledead Inh V 2 Status V 2 Voltage Set V 1 amp V 2 Ph Ph V 1 amp V 2 Ph N V 1Ph Ph V 2Ph N V 1Ph N V 2Ph Ph V 1 amp V 2 Any Ph V 1 amp V 2 3Phase V 1AnyPh V 2 3Ph V 1 3Ph V 2AnyPh Disabled DT IDMT 10 120 V 0 00 100 00 s 100 0 Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled 10 120 V P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 28 V 2 Time Delay V 2 Poledead Inh 0 00 100 00 s Disabled Enabled Overvoltage protection V Measurt Mode V Operate Mode V 1 Function V 1 Voltage Set V 1 Time Delay V gt 1 TMS V gt 2 Status V gt 2 Voltage Set V22 Time Delay V1 gt 1 Cmp Funct V1 gt 1 Cmp VIt Set V1 gt 1 Cmp Tim Diy V1 gt 1 CmpTMS V1 gt 2 Cmp Status V122 VIt Set 60 V1 gt 2 CmpTim Diy V 1 amp V gt 2 Ph Ph V 1 amp V gt 2 Ph N V gt 1Ph Ph V gt 2Ph N V gt 1Ph N V gt 2Ph Ph V gt 1 amp V gt 2 Any Ph V gt 1 amp V gt 2 3Phase V gt 1AnyPh V gt 2 3Ph V gt 1 3Ph V gt 2AnyPh Disabled DT IDMT 60 185 V 0 00 100 00 s 0 5 100 0 Disabled Enabled 60 185 V 0 00 100 00 s Disabled DT IDMT 60 110 V 0 00 100 00 s 0 5 100 0 Disabled Enabled 110 V 0 00 100 00 s Underfrequency protection F lt 1 Status F lt 1 Setting F lt 1 Time Delay F lt 2 Status up to F lt 4 Time Delay F lt Function Link Disabled Enabled 45 00 65 00 Hz 0 00 100 00 s All settings and options chosen from the same rang
50. Inverse IEEE M Inverse IEEE V Inverse IEEE E Inverse US Inverse US ST Inverse IDG Non Directional Directional Fwd Directional Rev 0 08 4 00 In 1 4 1 2 0 00 100 00 s 0 025 1 200 0 01 100 00 DT Inverse 0 00 100 00 s All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the first stage Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 IN gt 3 Status IN gt 3 Directional IN gt 3 Current Set IN gt 3 Time Delay IN gt 4 Status up to IN gt 4 Time Delay IN gt Blocking IN gt DIRECTIONAL IN gt Char Angle IN gt Polarization IN gt VNpol Set IN gt V2pol Set IN I2pol Set ground overcurrent IN gt 1 Disabled Enabled Enabled VTS Enabled Ch Fail En VTSorCh Fail En VTSandCh Fail Non Directional Directional Fwd Directional Rev 0 08 32 00 In 0 00 100 00 s All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the third stage ground overcurrent IN gt 3 Binary function link string selecting which ground overcurrent elements stages 1 to 4 will be blocked if VTS detection of fuse failure occurs 95 95 Zero Sequence Neg Sequence 0 5 40 0 V 0 5 25 0 V 0 02 1 00 In Directional aided schemes DEF settings DEF Status DEF Polarizing DEF Char Angle DEF VNpol Set DEF V2pol Set DEF FWD Set DEF REV Set Disabled Enabled Zero Sequence virtual current pol Neg Sequence 95 95 0 5 40 0 V 0 5 25 0
51. L 6 9 Se a 8422 InterMiCOM similar to RS485 ES pope Tx 3 3 Tx Tx 3 3 Tx GND 5 5 GND GND 5 5 GND 5v 4 4 5v DCD 1 E L 1 DCD S Ditt 62 D2 6 4 D1 D2 3 5v GND DC Power Supply P4332ENa Figure 84 MODEM InterMiCOM teleprotection via a RS422 protocol Using an appropriate converter pilots of up to 1 2km in length can be used depending on the converter performance In this case the maximum distance between the Px40 relay and the converter should not exceed 15 m 2 3 7 Fiber Optic Connection Although InterMiCOM is the recommended variant of InterMiCOM for use with optical fiber connections MODEM InterMiCOM may also be applied over optical fibers by means of EIA RS 232 to fiber optic converters In this the case the following connections should be made Px4x Relay with CILI 204 CILI 204 Px4x Relay with InterMiCOM InterMiCOM r Fiber Optic InterMiCOM RS232 FO Switch Switch ABC4 ABC4 5v 11 11 5v DC Power Supply DC Power Supply P4333ENa Figure 85 MODEM InterMiCOM teleprotection via fiber optic The overall fiber length that can be achieved depends on the converter performance In this case the maximum distance between the Px40 relay and the converter should not exceed 15 m Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 7
52. Measurement Setup menu visible further on in the relay settings menu Comms Settings Invisible or Visible Sets the Communications Settings menu visible further on in the relay settings menu These are the settings associated with the second rear communications ports Commission Tests Invisible or Visible Sets the Commissioning Tests menu visible further on in the relay settings menu Setting Values Primary Primary or Secondary This affects all protection settings that are dependent upon CT and VT ratios All subsequent settings input must be based in terms of this reference Control Inputs Visible Invisible or Visible Activates the Control Input status and operation menu further on in the relay setting menu Ctrl UP Config Invisible or Visible Sets the Control Input Configuration menu visible further on in the relay setting menu Ctrl I P Labels Invisible or Visible Sets the Control Input Labels menu visible further on in the relay setting menu Enabled Disabled Hotkey Direct Access Enabled only CB Cntrl only Defines what CB control direct access is allowed Enabled implies control via menu hotkeys etc InterMiCOM Fiber Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off nterMiCOM integrated 56 64kbit s teleprotection Note that Phase Diff setting and InterMiCOM Fiber setting are mutually exclusive as vvith Phase Diff enabled the digital message exchanged has the structure of
53. NA XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 sexy 090 0Jd 09819931 2 0LSO dNG o sjueure oJduir snoueA 12 go WO JenpiseJ uoiuw w jqosd pex 4 gt p lqes p s gSq ueym ums mojs Bures Wo GZ USA peigesip SI S19 ueuw sjue e S19 pejueA aJgd Ss SS poo SqH au o sjueue ouduj opouJ uonesueduioo JBWIOJSUBI ui pesn U UM lIqleduuo5 pSd S rSd 0 uonoeuoo pesn indui VG u uA sBumes jueJnoJe o eouenbes o 401 00 CV CA 40 600z 1des M H cv 5 04 p240 Aem au o uonoeuo2 gt gt dNG BIA jueuieJnseeui age jeuJeu Deeg pe qesip s uonesiuoJuou s Sd9 94 ueuw 3Iqtuu epua JUELIND out o 6 010 Sd rSd P9931109 Bumes euin 220 ay 104 peisn pe pJooe1 ne u durejseul 2 SS J S Y Old IM Dues ei p lqesip aq ueo u os 5011 pepiv IM E I Jeyeeig pao A Suomne sugeJ NUSW SWOS p9j99JIO7 Zy uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip JnoullA 97 4 9 StSd vrSd rSd Jo pt enssi 5 soDBueuo uonduoseg UOISJ9A 1PAJOS VS jeuibuo 9JeMpJeH m xpSd adh Aejay P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 162 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 ver Qv N3 XrSd Uunpueppe YAfIN N
54. Open amp I lt Prot Reset amp I lt E Any voltage trip s k b ad i ere 1 CB Open amp I lt WI Prot Reset Enable 22 _ 2 ProtReset amp i lt DDB Aid1 WI Trip3Ph 642 DDB Aidt WI Trip3Ph 652 DDB Aid1 WI Trip A 637 DDB Aid2 WI Trip A 647 DDB Aid WI Trip B 638 DDB Aid2 WI Trip B 648 DDB Aid1 WI Trip C 639 DDB Aid2 WI Trip C 649 Figure 70 CB failure for P543 and P545 models P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 64 SET Enable CB Fall 1 Status Disable SET Enable CB Fail 2 Status Disable DDB CB1 External Trip A 535 INTSIG Any Trip Phase A INTSIG IA lt Fast Undercurrent CB1 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 SET CB Fail 1 Timer t DDB CB1 External Trip B 536 INTSIG Any Trip Phase B INTSIG IB lt Fast Undercurrent CB1 0 SET CB Fail Timer t DDB CB1 Fail 1Trip 834 DDB CB1 External Trip C 537 0 INTSIG Any Trip Phase C INTSIG IC lt Fast Undercurrent CB1 SET CB Fail 1 Timer Alarm Breaker t ra DDB CB1 External Trip A 535
55. P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 39 Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size Loopback Status OK FAIL or Unavailable Indicates the status of the InterMiCOM loopback mode OK Loopback software and hardware is working correctly FAIL Loopback mode failure Unavailable Hardware error present INTERMiCOM CONF Setting that is used to alarm for poor channel quality If during the fixed 1 6s window the ratio of invalid messages to the total number of messages that should be received based on the Baud Rate setting exceeds the above threshold a Message Fail alarm will be issued IM1 Cmd Type Blocking Disabled Direct Blocking or Permissive Setting that defines the operative mode of the InterMiCOM 1 signal Selecting the channel response for this bit to Blocking allows fastest signaling whereas setting to Direct offers higher security at the expense of speed Selecting the channel response for this bit to Permissive offers higher dependability IM1 FallBackMode Default Default or Latching Setting that defines the status of IM1 signal in case of heavy noise and message synchronization being lost If set to Latching the last valid IM1 status will be maintained until the new valid message is received If set to Default the IM1 status pre defined by the user in IM1 DefaultValue cell will be set A new valid message will replace IM1 DefaultValue once the channel recovers Setting that defines the IM1 fallback st
56. P544 P545 amp P546 Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size Active Group Displays the active settings group CB Trip Close No Operation Trip Close Supports trip and close commands if enabled in the Circuit Breaker Control menu Software Ref 1 P54x 1 057 Softvvare Ref 2 P54x 1 057 K Displays the relay softvvare version including protocol and relay model Software Ref 2 is displayed for relay with IEC 61850 protocol only and this will display the software version of the Ethernet card Opto UP Status 00000000000000000000000000000000 Display the status of the available opto inputs fitted Relay O P Status 00000000000000000000000000000000 Displays the status of all available output relays fitted Alarm Status 1 00000000000000000000000000000000 32 bit field gives status of first 32 alarms Includes fixed and user settable alarms Alarm Status 2 00000000000000000000000000000000 Next 32 alarm status defined Access Level 2 Displays the current access level Level 0 No password required Read access to all settings alarms event records and fault records Level 1 Password 1 or 2 required As level 0 plus Control commands e g circuit breaker open close Reset of fault and alarm conditions Reset LEDs Clearing of event and fault records Level 2 Password 2 required As level 1 plus All other settings Sets the menu access level for the relay This setting can only be changed w
57. Reach 10 1000 of line Zone4 Gnd Status Disabled Enabled Zone4 Gnd Reach Digital Filter CVT Filters 10 1000 of line Standard Special Applics Disabled Passive Active Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 SIR Setting for CVT 5 60 Load Blinders Load B Impedance Load B Angle Load Blinder V lt Distance Polarizing Delta Status Delta Char Angle Delta V Fwd Delta V Rev Delta 1 Fwd Delta 1 Rev Disabled Enabled 0 10 500 00 Q 15 65 1 0 70 0 V ph g 0 2 5 0 Disabled Enabled 0 90 1 0 30 0 V 0 5 30 0 V 0 10 10 00 In 0 05 10 00 In Distance elements phase distance Z1 Ph Reach Z1 Ph Angle R1 Ph Resistive Z1 Tilt Top Line 0 05 500 00 In O 20 90 0 05 500 00 In O 30 30 Z1 Ph Sensit Iph gt 1 0 050 2 000 In Z2 Ph Reach Z2 Ph Angle Z2 Ph Resistive Z2 Tilt Top Line 0 05 500 00 In O 20 90 0 05 500 00 In O 30 30 Z2 Ph Sensit Iph gt 2 0 050 2 000 In Z3 Ph Reach Z3 Ph Angle Z3 Ph Rev Reach R3 Ph Res Fvvd R3 Ph Res Rev Z3 Tilt Top Line 0 05 500 00 In O 20 90 0 05 500 00 In O 0 05 500 00 In O 0 05 500 00 In O 30 30 Z3 Ph Sensit Iph gt 3 0 050 2 000 In ZP Ph Reach ZP Ph Angle ZP Ph Resistive ZP Tilt Top line 0 05 500 00 In O 20 90 0 05 500 00 In O 30 30 ZP Ph Sensit Iph gt P 0 050 2 000In Z4 Ph Reach
58. Remote Relay Inhibit From Remote relay Note Intsig Ih 2 Block x and Intsig Ih 5 Block x are detailed in sections 5 2 1 and 5 2 2 DDB Inhibit C Diff 455 Local Relay Inhibit P4044ENa Figure 11 Highset element logic 1 6 2 Trpping Mode Selection of Single or Three Phase Tripping This selects whether instantaneous trips are permitted as Single pole or will always be 3 pole Protection elements considered as instantaneous are those normally set to trip with no intentional time delay i e Differential directional earth ground DEF aided scheme and if fitted Zone 1 distance and distance channel aided scheme The selection 1 and 3 pole allows single pole tripping for single phase to ground faults The selection 3 pole converts all trip outputs to close Trip A Trip B and Trip C contacts simultaneously for three pole tripping applications In the case of the P544 P546 the tripping mode can be set independently for the two circuit breakers controlled Logic is provided to convert any double phase fault or any evolving fault during a single pole auto reclose cycle into a three phase trip Two phase tripping is never permitted This functionality is shown in Figure12 for P543 P545 and in AR Figure 63 logic diagram supplement for P544 P546 models Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 57 DDB Trip Inputs A 530 DDB Trip Output 523 DDB Trip Inputs B
59. S1217 C600 A S2 P S1215 C 600 A S2 P S1215 C 600 A S2 P S1196 C 100A 470 540 570 670 570 670 620 740 70 mArms 75 mA rms 100 mA rms 100 mA rms 600 A S3 P S1219 C 600 A S3 P S1220 C 600 A S3 P S1221C 600 A S3 P S1222C 150A 430 500 520 620 570 670 100 mA 620 740 100 mA rms 100 mA rms rms 100 mA rm Note 2400 V peak 2200 V peak 2600 V peak In some situations single disc assemblies may be acceptable contact Schneider Electric for detailed applications 12 The Metrosil units recommended for use with 5 Amp CTs can also be applied for usewith triple pole relays and consist of three single pole units mounted on the same central stud but electrically insulated from each other To order these units please specify Triple pole Metrosil type followed by the single pole type reference P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 86 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 13 Metrosil units for higher relay voltage settings and fault currents can be supplied if required 14 To express the protection primary operating current for a particular relay operating current and with a particular level of magnetizing current lop 7 CT ratio x IREF gt Is nl To achieve the required primary operating current with the current transformers that are used a current setting IREF gt Is must be selected for the high impedance element as detailed in expression ii above The setting of the stabilizing resistor
60. Trip Earth Fault 1st stage stand by earth fault SBEF protection trip 672 IN 2 Trip Earth Fault 2nd stage stand by earth fault SBEF protection trip 673 IN gt 3 Trip Earth Fault 3rd stage stand by earth fault SBEF protection trip 674 IN 4 Trip Earth Fault 4th stage stand by earth fault SBEF protection trip 675 ISEF gt 1 Trip Sensitive Earth Fault 19t Stage Sensitive Earth Fault SEF protection trip 676 ISEF 2 Trip Sensitive Earth Fault nd stage Sensitive Earth Fault SEF protection trip 677 ISEF gt 3 Trip Sensitive Earth Fault 3rd stage Sensitive Earth Fault SEF protection trip 678 ISEF gt 4 Trip Sensitive Earth Fault 4th stage Sensitive Earth Fault SEF protection trip N 679 Broken Wire Trip Broken Conductor Broken conductor trip 680 Thermal overload trip 682 Restricted Earth Fault REF protection trip 683 Undervoltage stage 1 three phase trip 684 V 1 Trip A AB Undervoltage Undervoltage stage 1 A AB phase trip 685 V 1 Trip B BC 686 V 1 Trip C CA 687 V 2 Trip 688 V 2 Trip A AB 689 V 2 Trip B BC 690 V 2 Trip C CA 691 V gt 1 Trip Overvoltage Overvoltage stage 1 three phase trip Undervoltage Undervoltage stage 1 B BC phase trip Undervoltage Undervoltage stage 1 C CA phase trip Undervoltage Undervoltage stage 2 three phase trip Undervoltage Undervoltage stage 2 A AB phase trip Undervoltage Undervoltage stage 2 B BC phase trip Undervoltage Undervoltage sta
61. V JO uonejedo y 1284102 lli uoneun8juo qal ue jo peojuwop 9y uy YATIN Na XvSd CL A 10 4024 ule qoud e pue Bu Bess ui 4SOO Ay JO uoneJedo y 1284102 yoeq jjeo Bui duies y Aq 10418 eye e uode AHADOE gaq Jo euoueje e pue ANDEUI SI Y ll OIN U uA spiinq 09819 Ul 100 E JU9A Id Q r uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip JnoullA 9794 9 StSd rSd Jo eseejes 900 AON Buidde q Devi pue enjeA uonejeuinu3 s li 401 oruonoeuo Aqedeo jueujoJu3 SOON p pu lx YATAN N3 XvSd CV A 40 m 1 SVd Buisn Buiswouq ai eBueuo Bues e Buryew jou 1nq pod 1u0JJ v BuiswoJq Jaye sejnulul G 00 ejgissod e sjue ald 2 Ol uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip 9rGd 9 StSd Prd rSd Jo eseejes suoneoupoul BSOjD9J O Ne EOLSO S q no oJp H JO SuoHeEoNipoul peepejod jueujeoJojureJ dil AISSIWJ d WYO 010 o s um s eouejsip JO uononpes PT Na3 XvSd CV CA 40 U9jed suondo g 9I4I perejnpouieq suondo xeeJq yH L 8 0S819 Dal VOY uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip WOU 97 4 9 GHGd rvSd rSd Jo eseejes 9002 ny 900c Inf Eo ou ow uonejueuin2op 2 Ie591uu5 1 Is soDueuo jo uonduosoeg m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep jeuibiuo xuuns UOISJ89A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual
62. V and Bus2 V is greater than setting VDiff2 1 line V gt Bus V P544 and P546 only Voltage magnitude difference between Line V and Bus2 V is greater than setting VDiff2 1 line V Bus V P544 and P546 only Voltage magnitude difference between Line V and Bus2 V is greater than setting VDiff2 1 line V Bus V P544 and P546 only Voltage magnitude difference between Line V and Bus2 V is greater than setting VDiff2 1 line V Bus V P544 and P546 only Frequency difference between Line V and Bus2 V is greater than setting SlipFr2 1 line freq gt Bus freq P544 and P546 only Frequency difference between Line V and Bus2 V is greater than setting SlipFr2 2 line freq gt Bus freq D2253 Frequency difference between Line V and Bus2 V is greater than setting SlipFr2 1 line freq Bus freq P544 and P546 only 1477 1478 CB2 CS2 FL FB CB2 CS1 AngHigh Frequency difference between Line V and Bus2 V is greater than setting SlipFr2 2 line freq Bus freq P544 and P546 only Line Bus2 phase angle in range Angle 2 1 to 180deg anticlockwise from Vbus P544 and P546 only 1479 1480 CB2 CS1 AngHigh CB2 CS2 AngHigh Line Bus2 phase angle in range Angle 2 1 to 180deg clockwise from Vbus P544 and P546 only Line Bus2 phase angle in range Angle 2 2 to 180deg anticlockwise from Vbus P544 and P546 only Update Documentation MiC
63. VT Supervision VTS I gt Inhibit setting has been exceeded in phase a 1295 VTS Ib VT Supervision VTS I Inhibit setting has been exceeded in phase b 1296 VTS le VT Supervision VTS I gt Inhibit setting has been exceeded in phase c PSL internal node 1297 VTS Va VT Supervision Va has exceed 30 volts drop off at 10 volts 1298 VTS Vb VT Supervision Vb has exceed 30 volts drop off at 10 volts 1299 VTS Vc VT Supervision Vc has exceed 30 volts drop off at 10 volts 1300 VTS 12 gt VT Supervision VTS I2 Inhibit setting has been exceeded 1301 VTS V2 VT Supervision V2 has exceed 10 volts 1302 VTS la delta VT Supervision E phase a current has exceed 1303 VTS Ib delta VT Supervision ee MEC phase b current has exceed P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 114 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description 1304 VTS Ic delta VT Supervision SES phase c current has exceed 1305 to 1364 CB1 Pre Lockout Output from CB1 monitoring logic 1363 to 1374 Not used This is an output signal available in the PSL 1375 Teleprotection Disturbed that could be mapped to C Diff Failure for IEC 870 5 103 This applies only if distance primary FUN is selected in IEC 870 5 103 1376 I Back Up Supervision This signal is ON if an overcurrent stage is selected to be enabled on VTS and distance is blocked by VTS This applies only
64. Vcc 4 75 V to 5 25 V Parameter Max Unit Input Optical Power Minimum at Window Edge Input Optical Power Minimum at Eye Center 33 5 31 dBm avg 31 8 Bm avg Input Optical Power 14 1 11 8 dBm avg Maximum Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Settings measurements and records list Settings list Global settings system data Language English French German Spanish English French German Russian Chinese English French Frequency 50 60 Hz Circuit breaker control CB control CB Control by P543 and P545 specific CB control settings Close pulse time Trip pulse time Man close t max Man close delay CB healthy time Check sync time Reset lockout by Man close RstDly Single pole A R Three pole A R CB Status Input P544 and P546 specific CB control settings Man Close Delay CB Healthy Time Check Sync Time Rst CB mon LO By CB mon LO RstDly CB1 Status Input CB Status Time CB2 Status Input Disabled Local Remote Local remote Opto Opto local Opto remote Opto rem local 0 10 10 00 s 0 10 5 00s 0 01 9999 00 s 0 01 600 00 s 0 01 9999 00 s 0 01 9999 00 s User interface CB close 0 10 600 00 s Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled None 52A 3 pole 52B 3 pole 52A amp 52B 3 pole 52A 1 pole 52B 1 pole 52A amp 52B 1 pole 0 01 600 s P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 17 52B 1 pole 52A amp 52B
65. and P546 only P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 116 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description DDB mapped in PSL from opto input m external signal to inhibit Dead Bus 2 1425 Inhibit DB2 PSL function P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto input or logic DDBs enable CS2 1 check synchronism 1426 CB2 CS1 Enabled PSL function P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto input or logic DDBs enable CS2 2 check synchronism 1427 CB2 CS2 Enabled PSL function P544 and P546 only Signal from CB In Service logic indicating i that CB2 is In Service i e can be initiated 1428 CB2 In Service to autoreclose P544 and P546 only CB2 not available for autoreclose 1429 CB2 NoAR Autoreclose P544 and P546 only 1430 Not used CB2 set as leader 1431 Leader CB2 Autoreclose P544 and P546 only CB1 set as follower 1432 Follower CB1 Autoreclose P544 and P546 only CB2 set as follower 1433 Follower CB2 Autoreclose P544 and P546 only Indicates initiation of a CB2 autoreclose 1434 CB2 AR Init Autoreclose cycle P544 and P546 only CB2 autoreclose cycle in progress 1435 CB2 ARIP Autoreclose P544 and P546 only 1436 Not used 1437 Differential High Start C Diff Current differential High Set start 1438 Differential High Stat A C Diff Current differential High Set A phase start 1439 Differential High Start B C Diff Current differential Hig
66. are used and inrush restrain function is enable it must be ensure that this function is enabled at each end to avoid possible maloperation High set differential setting When inrush restrain is enabled a high set differential protection becomes active This unrestrained instantaneous ld High Set is provided to ensure rapid clearance for heavy internal faults with saturated CTs The high set is not restrained by magnetizing inrush A setting range 4 In 32 In RMS values is provided on P543 and P545 Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 53 RM NN Switch on at voltage zero P1007ENa Figure 8 Magnetizing inrush waveforms The P543 and P545 relay provides a choice between harmonic restraint and blocking by setting option both providing stability during transformer inrush conditions To select second harmonic Restraint or Blocking option set the cell 3312 Inrush Restraint under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading to Restraint or Blocking Second harmonic restraints or blocking provide security during transformer energization 1 2 2 1 Second Harmonic Restraint P543 and P545 The magnetizing inrush current contains a high percentage of second harmonic The P543 and P545 relays filter out this component of the waveform and use it as an additional bias quantity The total bias used by the relay will therefore be a combination of the average load current on the line plus a m
67. cell to all settings to restore the default values to all of the IED s settings not just the Group settings The default settings will initially be placed in the scratchpad and will only be used by the relay after they have been confirmed by the user Note Restoring defaults to all settings includes the rear communication port settings which may result in communication via the rear port being disrupted if the new default settings do not match those of the master station Select via Menu Setting Group Select via Menu Select via Optos Allows setting group changes to be initiated via Opto Input or via Menu Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Selects the active setting group Save Changes No Operation No Operation Save Abort Saves all relay settings Copy from Group 1 Group 1 2 3 or 4 Allovvs displayed settings to be copied from a selected setting group No Operation Group 1 2 3 or 4 Allovvs displayed settings to be copied to a selected setting group ready to paste Setting Group 1 Enabled Enabled or Disabled If the setting group is disabled from the configuration then all associated settings and signals are hidden with the exception of this setting paste Copy to No Operation Setting Group 2 as above Disabled Enabled or Disabled Setting Group 3 as above Disabled Enabled or Disabled Setting Group 4 as above Disabled Enabled or Disabled Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb
68. conditions P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 78 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 In traditional transformer feeder differential schemes the requirements for phase and ratio correction were met by correct selection of line current transformers In the P543 and P545 Software interposing CTs ICTs are provided which can give the required compensation The advantage of having replica interposing CTs is that it gives the P54x relays the flexibility to cater for line CTs connected in either star or delta as well as being able to compensate for a variety of system earthing arrangements The P543 and P545 relays also include a magnetizing inrush restraint and blocking facility Note The P544 and P546 relays do not include any of the above features except CT ratio mismatch compensation and as such would not be suitable for the protection of in zone transformer feeders 2 1 4 1 Magnetizing Inrush Stabilization P543 and P545 When a transformer is first energized a transient magnetizing current flows which may reach instantaneous peaks of 8 to 30 times the full load current The factors controlling the duration and magnitude of the magnetizing inrush are e Size of the transformer bank e Size ofthe power system e Resistance in the power system from the source to the transformer bank e Residual flux level e Type of iron used for the core and its saturation level e There are three conditions which can produce a ma
69. enabled External trip B phase allows external 536 External Trip B PSL protection to initiate breaker fail circuit or CB1 Ext Trip B breaker condition monitoring statistics and internal auto reclose if enabled External trip C phase allows external 537 External Trip C PSL protection to initiate breaker fail circuit or CB1 Ext Trip C breaker condition monitoring statistics and internal auto reclose if enabled External trip 3 phase allows external 538 CB2 Ext Trip3ph PSL protection to initiate breaker 2 fail P544 and P546 only External trip A phase allows external 539 CB2 Ext Trip A PSL protection to initiate breaker 2 fail P544 and P546 only External trip B phase allows external 540 CB2 Ext Trip B PSL protection to initiate breaker 2 fail P544 and P546 only External trip C phase allows external 541 CB2 Ext Trip C PSL protection to initiate breaker 2 fail P544 and P546 only Setting group selector X1 low bit selects SG2 if only DDB 542 signal is active PSL SG1 is active if both DDB 542 amp DDB 543 0 SG4 is active if both DDB 542 amp DDB 543 1 Setting group selector 1X high bit selects SG3 if only DDB 543 is active es SE Es SG1 is active if both DDB 542 amp DDB 543 0 SGA is active if both DDB 542 amp DDB 543 1 To reset all statistics values cumulated on 544 Clear Statistics PSL the relay If mapped the input for this signal could come from a command of the remote end DDB 1020 clear stats cmd via IM64
70. gt II S S 9 9 SS lqix l i uoneziuoJgou S Sd 2 indui sdd e 1d 52e o pjeoq 10sseooud oo peyipoul e UW eseud uo suni AjUO UOHEP EA JO eseojeJ EUIO U 1002 q z Eo ou ow Ay q yedwos L soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss jeuibiuo xiyns UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 133 soDueiJ Dunes peidnuioo od Jea eja sseuppe Aejas Dunes lbue a vOLJedsy 9seudjueuno O eseud jo Zeldsip UHM e p xi i plinq EOLSO ul weIgoJd suoneoipur s i e p xi i indui sdd e d pjeoq 10sseooud oo peyipoui e UM 9Jempueu eseud uo suni Aluo UOHEP EA JO esegjeJ Bess uu BuijeuBis 5 1 UNA ejqneduuoo JOU s S9UO MAU ag 994 114 ejqnedujoo eJe sseuppe SNIAON 0 dNG Ajjeuonouny yq jue e SngqOW 189unoo SO MOU g 9 4I Jo Suliqesip Sullqev SNIAOWN Sol peojdn Q edNG 1senbeij Sd D I o ZA LS u uA 10119 jeje BuneJeueb 5 Q edNG uou Juana d P U IM UOISION po94109 sil OGN S210 S 1 MOU sinejep 9401s Siu Hoddns o se 1 jezo ON peppe s ndul 0 4U09 pejeuoo ujBue eui jes juo
71. i sexi 6nq jo jequinu v 9280 Il o uonoeuo2 uo 4Jamod uo dn pe s 0 sje JosseooJd oo Ji uni uonoejoud dnyoeg o do sq31 s el 1 5 Jo uonejedo 0 U0N981109 gaa oi peidoo suueje uuoje d Joje JO 60 ZA peppe oido e n uoneziuoJuou s lil L ID 01S ut pejpueu suue v peppe eso eJ ojne peoueuu3 suleje suiuioo pauemun SJexe dnjnuu UUM uoneJedo e oJduul o S INDIIO AIBAODAI y olo 0 saHueyD 90z uo peseg juo UOHEP EA 10 eseeja1 jeu1a u Is jo uondu s q m xpSd adh Aejay 6002 PO 00c Inf nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH 002 0c Eo ou ton Ayyiqueduos UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 151 cv9 L N3 XvSd 8 1 Na XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 1 ye7 10 60 ZA Joe 10 60 ZA INYMS Jo Duteun yes SuoneoiunuJuJoo JO SSO JO wueje rej Bulleubis asojaq s1nooo uueje UEL Jjip 2 pejueA eJd NV 1991100 uj peuodei 01 9 02809 OJI u duyejur jenueJejiq pe oJduul 01 S 02809 O3l Ut NV3 Jo BurpueH uonisinboe ejep enBojeue jo Bulyoayo jjas p Aoldull gt gt 99 s ou s xoeuo Jo Buryoo q eBejoA pue 1epun pe1284102 SIOVd YM eorues eouegunisip Zvof epelwN
72. indicates if the GOOSE publisher responsible for publishing the data that derives a virtual input is present MEASUREMENTS AND RECORDING P54x EN MR Ba4 P54x also shows These currents have the same 1 4 1 Measured Voltages and Currents The relay produces both phase to ground and phase to phase voltage and current values They are produced directly from the DFT Discrete Fourier Transform used by the relay protection functions and present both magnitude and phase angle measurement for each individual CT Currents mentioned above can be seen on the Measurement 1 column local and remote currents in Measurement 3 column treatment as the currents used for differential protection purposes 1 4 8 Measurement Display Quantities There are four Measurement columns available in the relay for viewing of measurement quantities These can also be viewed with MiCOM S1 Studio see MiCOM Px40 Monitoring section of the MiCOM S1 Studio User Manual and are shown below Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 125 MEASUREMENTS 1 MEASUREMENTS 2 MEASUREMENTS 3 MEASUREMENTS 4 IA Magnitude Ch 1 Prop Delay IA Phase Angle Ch 2 Prop Delay IB Magnitude Ch1 Rx Prop Delay IB Phase Angle Ch1 Tx Prop Delay IC Magnitude 0 IC Phase Angle IN Derived Mag IN Derived Angle B Phase VArs IC Local OA Ch2 Rx Prop Delay C Phase VArs IC Angle Local Ch2 Tx Prop Delay A Phase VA IA remote 1 pA Channel 1 Status
73. input Input high low operation will initiate 1505 Init BPh AR Test PSL BPh test trip amp autoreclose cycle P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input Input high low operation will initiate 1506 Init CPh AR Test PSL CPh test trip amp autoreclose cycle P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input Input high low operation will initiate 1507 Init 3P AR Test PSL 3Ph test trip amp autoreclose cycle P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input indicates external protection operated 1508 Ext Fault APh PSL for fault involving A phase P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input indicates external protection operated 1509 Ext Fault BPh PSL for fault involving B phase P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input indicates external protection operated 1510 Ext Fault CPh PSL for fault involving C phase 1504 Init APh AR Test PSL P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input This input DDB is used when 1517 Ext Rst CB1 AROK PSL required to reset any CB1 Successful Autoreclose signal P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input This input DDB is used when 1518 Ext Rst CB1Shots PSL required to reset the CB1 cumulative Shots counters P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto input Bus1 VT secondary MCB tripped or VT fail 1521 MCB VTS CS1 PSL detected by external VTS s
74. mins Roll Sub Period 1 99 mins Num Sub Periods 1 15 Distance Unit Miles Kilometers Fault Location Distance Ohms 96 of Line Remote 2 Values Primary Secondary Communications RP1 Protocol Courier IEC870 5 103 DNP3 0 IEC 61850 Courier protocol RP1 Address 0 255 RP1 InactivTimer 1 30 mins RP1 PhysicalLink Copper Fiber Optic RP1 Port Config K Bus RP1 Comms Mode RP1 Baud Rate EIA485 RS485 IEC 60870 FT1 2 Frame IEC 60870 10 Bit Frame 9600 bits s 19200 bits s 38400 bits s IEC870 5 103 protocol RP1 Address RP1 InactivTimer RP1 Baud Rate RP1 Meas Period RP1 PhysicalLink RP1 CS103 Blocking 0 255 1 30 mins 9600 bits s 19200 bits s 1 60s Copper or Fiber Optic Disabled Monitor Blocking Command Blocking DNP3 0 protocol EIA485 RP1 Address RP1 Baud Rate 0 65519 1200 bits s 2400 bits s 4800 bits s 9600 bits s RP1 Parity RP1 PhysicalLink RP1 Time Sync Meas Scaling Message gap DNP Need time DNP App Fragment DNP App Timeout DNP SBO Timeout DNP Link Timeout P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 19 19200 bits s 38400 bits s Odd Even None Copper or Fiber Optic Disabled Enabled Primary Secondary or Normalized 0 50 ms 1 30 mins 100 2048 1 120 s 1 10 s 0 1 60 s DNP3 0 protocol Ethernet DNP Time Sync Meas Scaling NIC Tunl Timeout NIC Link Report NIC Link Timeout DNP Need time DNP App Fragment DNP App Timeout
75. o peseejei spilnq Iv seuieuos juepunpeij jenp ul Sd 800 jo snjeys jeuueuo Sulleubis y uo esiou s l q ueuM 21 SI e 8J euo UBUM 9rSd SrSd Jo 401ABU Q 199J109ut psjusnald J0903oJd 01 S 02809 O3l ul yq euim y Jo esuodsai j9eJJo9uI ue pextJ WYNS Jo jjes pe ouduuJ JO GO ZA pe ouduul GgpS ojuo papalu so essaw snounds jo uonoslay peA oJuduui awe SNIAON Jo uondeoes pJeoq JosseooJd oo peppe Bunjoeuo as Wie NV 1991109 01 G 02809 OJI ut duyejur jenueJegiq uonisinboe ep enBojeue jo Burjoeuo jes pe oJdu slemyos AZ uo peseg uononpoud oj p se 1 spilnq Iy Ay qyedwos Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 2002 Aew 002 PO nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH 3002 L UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 145 125 1 Na XrSd peA oJuduui awe Sngaol Jo uondeoes pe ouueJ 99600Xy Jose SNIAON PIileAuI VEL 0 jueJ8ylp pe oJduui ou s euin SNJAON Jo Ade naay sell 0 dNQ O dNG 1940 JO OL ZA Sjueujeunseeuj jueJno UBYOIG eAne nuuno uoneoo Ne pJeoq JosseooJd oo o peppe Bunoeuo es Wie gt gt slemyos yg uo peseg uononpoud oj sp
76. of Frequency Protection function df dt gt stages ANSI 81R CB Fail Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Circuit Breaker Fail Protection function ANSI 50BF P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 36 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Menu text Default setting Available settings Supervision Enabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Supervision VTS amp CTS functions ANSI VTS CTS System Checks Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the System Checks Check Sync and Voltage Monitor function ANSI 25 Auto reclose Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Auto reclose function ANSI 79 Input Labels Invisible or Visible Sets the Input Labels menu visible further on in the relay settings menu Output Labels Visible Invisible or Visible Sets the Output Labels menu visible further on in the relay settings menu CT amp VT Ratios Invisible or Visible Sets the Current amp Voltage Transformer Ratios menu visible further on in the relay settings menu Record Control Invisible or Visible Sets the Record Control menu visible further on in the relay settings menu Disturb Recorder Invisible Invisible or Visible Sets the Disturbance Recorder menu visible further on in the relay settings menu Measure t Set up Invisible or Visible Sets the
77. overcurrent 565 1223 Tmr Bik 1st stage Neg Sequence overcurrent start 568 1222 Start Neg Sequence overcurrent 399 Neg Sequence 3rd stage Neg Sequence overcurrent start overcurrent 570 Neg Sequence 4th stage Neg Sequence overcurrent start overcurrent en Kolan Neg Sequence 1st stage Neg Sequence overcurrent trip overcurrent 7 Neg Sequence 2nd stage Neg Sequence overcurrent trip overcurrent 973 pes mp Neg Sequence 3rd stage Neg Sequence overcurrent trip overcurrent 3 Keri Nea Sequence 4th stage Neg Sequence overcurrent trip overcurrent Auto reclose trip test cycle in progress Indication that a manually initiated test cycle 576 AR Trip Test Commissioning Test is in progress P543 and P545 only Auto reclose trip test A phase Indication Commissioning Test that a manually initiated test cycle is in progress 2nd stage Neg Sequence overcurrent start 577 AR Trip Test A Auto reclose trip test B phase Indication Commissioning Test that a manually initiated test cycle is in progress 578 AR Trip Test B Auto reclose trip test C phase Indication Commissioning Test that a manually initiated test cycle is in progress 579 AR Trip Test C Initiate 3 phase auto reclose signal to an 580 AR Init 3Ph Auto Reclose external re closer P543 and P545 only 581 Not used 582 Current differential trip 583 Current differential A phase trip 584 Current differential B phase trip 585 Current d
78. performed at both the sending and receiving end relays for each message and both must match in order to assure the security of the Direct Intertrip commands An alarm is provided if noise on the communications channel becomes excessive P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 72 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 During periods of excessive noise it is possible that the synchronization of the message structure will be lost and accurate decoding of the messages may not be possible Predictable operation of InterMiCOM is assured during such noisy periods by means of the IM FallBackMode cell The status of the last received valid command can be maintained until a new valid message is received by setting the IM FallBackMode cell to Latched Alternatively a known fallback state can be assigned to the command by setting the IM FallBackMode cell to Default In this latter case the time period between communication disruption and the default state being restored will need to be set in the IM FrameSynTim cell and the default value will need to be set in IM DefaultValue cell Upon subsequent receipt of a valid message all the timer periods will be reset and the new valid command states will be used If there is a total communications failure the relay will use the fallback failsafe strategy as described above Total failure of the channel is considered when no message data is received for four power system cycles or if there is a loss of
79. ph ph and operating mode single phase or 3 phase for both stages are independently settable The IDMT characteristic available on the first stage is defined by the following formula t K M 1 Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 61 Where K Time multiplier setting t Operating time in seconds M Measured voltage relay setting voltage V Voltage Set The logic diagram for the first stage overvoltage function is shown in Figure 68 V 1 amp V 2 Ph Ph SET V lt 1 amp V lt 2 Ph N V Measurement Mode V 1Ph Ph V 2Ph N V 1Ph N V 2Ph Ph DDB V 1 A AB START 789 or 7 DDB V 2 A AB START 793 V Voltage Set DDB V 1 A AB TRIP 684 or IDMT DT DDB V lt 2 A AB TRIP 688 DDB V 1 B BC START 790 or DDB V 2 B BC START 794 V Voltage Set M DDB V lt 1 B BC TRIP 685 or DMTIOT DDB V 2 B BC TRIP 689 DDB V 1 C CA START 791 or o DDB V lt 2 C CA START 795 V lt Voltage Set Vd ie DDB V 1 C CA TRIP 686 or IDMT DT DDB V 2 C CA TRIP 690 All Poles Dead VTS Fast Block Overvoltage Timer Block l1 Single Stage
80. qoud 098 9 Jo Jequunu e pexi4 zg uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip uyu 9pSd 9 SpSd vrSd rSd Jo eseeje 9 9 S uoz o BunejeJ enssi Sulleos Aueuuud e p xi i uoneJnp Lous e si 8184 ueuM ule qoud 410S e 1 peejur dea uy e X9 ueuuec 440 awos Doten wueje doud xew y pexi4 SJ E S JUGISUEJ BY O Dog pGd U l lqold e pexi4 sule qoud sooo 0S8 9 Jo e OZG uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip uyu 9pSd 9 SpSd vrSd rSd Jo eseeje 8002 Aew 2002 eq 48 48 12 Heu olu L Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss jeuibiuo xuuns UOISJ89A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 173 ver Qv Na XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop 122104201 VV A 10 4012 sexy ng s ooojoJd 09819931 2 EOLSI dNG 9 sjueure oJduir snoueA 12 gO WO yo ym w jqosd pex 4 038 19 1340 jjnej jo Buoda 1981109 U A 1d Ul uu9 qoid peAjoses p lqes p s gSq ueuw ums mojs Bures Wo GZ USA peigesip SI S LO ueuw S U A BuneJeueB S19 poo Sd9 au o sjueue ouduj opouJ uonesueduioo JBWIOJSUBI ui pes
81. reclose dead time in progress 853 3P Dead Time IP Auto Reclose P544 and P546 only 854 Auto Close CB1 Auto Reclose Auto reclose command to the circuit breaker Single pole auto reclose in progress dead 855 CB2 AR 1p InProg Auto reclose CB2 time is running CB2 P544 and P546 only 3 Pole auto recloser in service the auto reclose function has been enabled either in 856 A R Status 3P Auto Reclose the relay menu or by an opto input P544 and P546 only Single pole auto recloser in service the auto reclose function has been enabled 857 AR Status 1P Auto Reclose either in the relay menu or by an opto input P544 and P546 only Due to the sequence count reached 858 Force 3 pole CB1 Auto Reclose eeng any outage of th internal autos recloser this signal instructs any other trips to be forced to three pole trips 859 AR Blocked Auto Reclose It indicates that AR has been blocked ex from external input BAR Composite lockout alarm circuit breaker 860 Lockout Alarm CB1 CB Control locked out due to auto recloser or condition monitoring reasons Instantaneous GPS Alarm initiated 861 GPSAlarm Instant C Diff immediately on loss of the GPS 1 pulse per second input signal A phase undercurrent level detector pickup detects low current It is used for breaker 864 IA lt Start Undercurrent failure in models with one CT input and also it is used for fault record reset as the sum CTs in models with two CTs B phase undercurrent lev
82. s JUBUND gt gogr 40 G m s 3nejeq uJogejd suonnjo e qNq Buisn you ui sseJppe ANA 102 ue WOJ EYE JUu A 1d Ji ry uo peseq uoroejoJd eouejsip 3nouyM 9794 9 StSd rrSd trSd Jo eseejes soDueuo Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 2002 ken 2002 ken nss Jo jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH kv kv 3s 3B ou Ayiqueduos UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 159 rer Qv Na XrSd Uunpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL SseJppe c0 SO 10 SNAM S HOd Je93 JS li MOJO o sseJppe Jeunoo p ll uun eBueuo s ey Ind no Buroeuo jjes o jueueoueuu3 ywog peonpei q s JUSIND gt l g s 10 Dunes jnejeq pioo Ne o sawn Aejap uoneBedoud uonippy y s Jodz NI 40 Buas peonpey u 9 ejeq 104 sPumes euoz euin 620 sepnjou p sn eq o jueJino B OWA JO EDO Dass oj Jasn y ejqeue oj 9160 114 du j enissiuueg seBueu Sum s uonisod A ou syoeuo O suoisu xg jes Au pu d pul o eBeijs uoee lqeu o BENOAH AQ pue Jepuf o s B5ueuo uonoejoud 3p jp jo UOHIPPY uonoejoud A u nb lH AQ Jo seBejs OM pue uonoejoud Jepun seBejs no jo uonippv CL A 10 4012 sues S2 Jo BuidnouBay JeujeB0
83. the DCD line 2 39 3 EIA RS 232 Physical Connections MODEM InterMiCOM on the Px4x relays is implemented using a 9 pin D type female connector labeled SK5 located at the bottom of the Second Rear communication board This connector on the Px40 relay is wired in DTE Data Terminating Equipment mode as indicated below Pin Acronym InterMiCOM Usage Data Carrier Detect is only used when connecting to modems otherwise DED this should be tied high by connecting to terminal 4 Receive Data TxD Transmit Data Data Terminal Ready is permanently tied high by the hardware since 4 DTR E InterMiCOM requires a permanently open communication channel GND Signal Ground o Not used Ready To Send is permanently tied high by the hardware since InterMiCOM requires a permanently open communication channel 8 Not used 9 Not used Dependant upon whether a direct or modem connection between the two relays in the scheme is being used the required pin connections are described as follows 7 RTS 2 3 4 Direct Connection EIA RS 232 is only suitable for short transmission distances due to the signaling levels used and the connection shown below is limited to less than 15 m This limit may be overcome by introducing suitable signal converters as described in the following sections Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 73 Px40 Relay with Px40 Relay with InterMICOM Inter
84. used If independent blocking is enabled only the affected phase is blocked at all ends If cross blocking is enabled all phases are blocked at all ends The following logic diagram shows the inhibiting of the differential algorithm by overfluxing conditions IB DDB Ih 5 Local BK A 1666 Intsig Ih 5 Local Bik A EH 16 DDB 165 Local Bik B 1667 gt Settin Intsig Ih 5 Local Bik B m i DDB Ih 5 Local Bik C 1668 gt Settin Intsig 5 Local Bik C Set Cross Blocking Intsig Ih 5 Local Cross Blk Intsig Ih 5 Block A Intsig sent in message Intsig received in message Intsig Ih 5 Block B Intsig Ih 5 Block C Intsig Ih 5 Remt Cross Bik Intsig Ih 5 Rem Cross Bik Intsig Ih 5 Rem Bk A ec cT DDB Ih 5 Rem Bik A 1669 Intsig Ih 5 Rem Bk A Intsig Ih 5 Rent Bik B DDB Ih 5 Rem Bik B 1670 Intsig Ih 5 Rem2 BK B Intsig Ih 5 Remt Bik C DDB Ih 5 Rem Bik C 1671 Intsig Ih 5 Rem2 Bik C P4043ENa Figure 10 Fifth harmonic blocking logic 1 2 2 4 High Set Differential P543 and P545 When Inrus
85. x x x x x x x x V Relay Software Version 55 HHH i s EEEEEEREEEEEEEE 99000009000002092000 I adu d UOISJ9A BIEMYOS ll i NU W 01 02 03 TN gt gt ESSI GE EHEN ete 02 03 04 Menu text remains compatible within each software version but is NOT compatible across different versions Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 182 Customer Care Centre http www schneider electric com sites corporate en support contact customer care contact page Schneider Electric 35 rue Joseph Monier 92506 Rueil Malmaison FRANCE Phone 33 0 1 41 29 70 00 Fax 33 0 141 29 71 00 www schneider electric com Publication P54x EN AD Kb4 Publisher Schneider Electric 12 2010 2010 Schneider Electric All rights reserved
86. 0 05 500 00 In Q 20 90 Disabled or Enabled 30 30 0 05 500 00 In Q 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 05 500 00 In Q 0 05 500 00 In Q 0 050 2 000 In 0 05 500 00 In Q 20 90 Disabled or Enabled 30 30 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 05 500 00 In Q 0 050 2 000 In 0 05 500 00 In Q 20 90 Disabled or Enabled 30 30 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 00 10 00 180 90 0 05 500 00 In Q 0 050 2 000 In Phase current differential protection Phase Diff Phase 151 Phase 152 Phase k1 Phase k2 Phase Char Phase Time Delay Phase TMS Phase Time Dial PIT Time Ph CT Corr tion Enabled or Disabled 0 2 In 2 In 1 In 30 In 30 150 30 150 DT IEC S Inverse IEC V Inverse IEC E inverse UK LT Inverse IEEE M Inverse IEEE V Inverse IEEE E Inverse US Inverse US ST Inverse 0 s 100 s 0 025 1 2 0 01 100 0 s 0 2 s 1 8 P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 24 Compensation None Cap Charging Transformer Susceptance 1E 8 In 10 In Restraint Restraint Blocking Disabled Ih 2 CrossBlock Disabled Enabled Ih 2 Multiplier 1 20 Ih 2 95 596 5096 Ih 5 CrossBlock Disabled Enabled Ih 5 Blocking Disabled Enabled Ih 5 96 5 10096 Highset Status Disabled Enabled Id High Set 4 n 32 In Vectorial Comp YyO 0 deg Yd1 30 deg Yy2 60 deg Yd3 90 deg Yy4 120 deg Y
87. 0 ms whichever is greater Repeatability 5 Reference conditions TMS 1 TD 1 and IN setting of 100 mA accuracy operating range 2 20 Is IEEE reset REF Pick up Setting formula 5 Drop off 0 80 x setting formula 5 Operating time lt 60 ms High pick up Setting 5 High operating time lt 30ms Repeatability 1596 Wattmetric SEF Pick up P OW ISEF gt 5 or 5 mA Pick up P20W P 5 Drop off P OVV 0 95 x ISEF gt 5 or 5 mA Drop off P gt OW 0 9 x P 45 Boundary accuracy 5 with 1 hysteresis Repeatability 1 Polarizing quantities VN gt and V2 gt Level detectors Pick up 10 Resetting ratio 0 9 I2 Level detector Pick up 10 Resetting ratio 0 9 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Negative sequence overcurrent Accuracy Pick up Setting 5 Drop off 0 95 x setting Definite time operation 60 ms or 2 whichever is greater Repeatability 196 Directional boundary accuracy t2 with hysteresis 1 Reset 35 ms Undervoltage Accuracy DT Pick up Setting 2 IDMT Pick up 0 98 x setting 2 Drop off 1 02 x setting 2 Definite time operation 40 ms or 2 whichever is greater Repeatability 196 IDMT characteristic shape 40 ms or 2 whichever is greater Reset 75 ms Overvoltage Accuracy DT Pick up Setting 1 IDMT Pick up 1 02 x setting 2 Drop off 0 98 x setting 2 Definite time operation
88. 1 Grn Output Conditioner Programmable function key LED 1 green is energized 1058 FnKey LED10 Red Output Conditioner Programmable function key LED 10 red is energized 1059 FnKey LED10 Grn Output Conditioner Programmable function key LED 10 green is energized 1060 LED1 Con R PSL Assignment of input signal to drive output LED 1 red Assignment of signal to drive output LED 1 1061 LED1 Con G PSL green To drive LED 1 yellow DDB 676 and DDB 677 must be driven at the same time 1074 LED8 Con R PSL 57 of signal to drive output LED 8 Assignment of signal to drive output LED 8 1075 LED8 Con G PSL green To drive LED 8 yellovv DDB 690 and DDB 691 must be active at the same time Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 111 DDB no Source AN m English text 1076 FnKey LED1 ConR 1077 FnKey LED1 ConG 1094 FnKey LED10 ConR 1095 FnKey LED10 ConG Description Assignment of signal to drive output function key LED 1 red This LED is associated with function key 1 Assignment of signal to drive output function key LED 1 green This LED is associated with function key 1 To drive function key LED yellow DDB 692 and DDB 693 must be active at the same time Assignment of signal to drive output function key LED 10 red This LED is associated with function key 10 Assignment of signal to drive output function key LED 10 green This LED is associated with function key 10
89. 1 pole Res AROK by Ul Enabled Disabled Res AROK by NoAR Enabled Disabled Res AROK by Ext Enabled Disabled Res AROK by Enabled Disabled Res AROK by TDly 1 0 9999 s Res LO by CB IS Enabled Disabled Res LO by UI Enabled Disabled Res LO by NoAR Enabled Disabled Res LO by ExtDDB Enabled Disabled Res LO by TDelay Enabled Disabled LO Reset Time 1 9999 s Date and time IRIG B Sync Disabled Enabled Battery Alarm Disabled Enabled LocalTime Enable Disabled Fixed Flexible LocalTime Offset 720 720 DST Enable Disabled or Enabled DST Offset 30 60 DST Start First Second Third Fourth Last DST Start Day Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday DST Start Month January February March April May June July August September October November December DST Start Mins 0 1425 DST End First Second Third Fourth Last DST End Day Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday DST End Month January February March April May June July August September October November 0 01 9999 s 0 01 9999 s User Interface CB Close 0 1 600 s None 52A 3 pole 52B 3 pole 52A amp 52B 3 pole 52A 1 pole 52B 1 pole 52A amp 52B 1 pole 0 1 5s None 52A 3 pole 52B 3 pole 52A amp 52B 3 pole 52A 1 pole December DST End Mins 0 1425 RP1 Time Zone UTC or Local RP2 Time Zone UTC or Local DNPOE Time Zone UTC or Local Tunnel Time Zo
90. 12 6 Auxiliary voltage rating 24 48 Vdc 1 48 125 Vdc 40 100 Vac 2 110 250 Vdc 100 240 Vac 3 In Vn rating Dual rated CT 1 amp 5 A 100 120 V 1 Hardware Options Protocol Compatibility Standard None 1 3 amp 4 1 IRIG B Only Modulated 1 3 amp 4 2 Fiber Optic Converter Only 1 384 3 IRIG B Modulated amp Fiber Optic Converter 1 384 4 Ethernet 100 Mbit s 6 788 6 Ethernet 100 Mbit s plus IRIG B Modulated 6 7 8 8 A Ethernet 100 Mbit s plus IRIG B De modulated 7 E IRIG B De modulated 1 3 amp 4 C Second rear comms Interrupt InterMiCOM 1 3 amp 4 E IRIG B Modulated second rear comms 1384 F Interrupt InterMiCOM Redundant Ethernet Self Healing Ring 2 6 788 G multi mode fiber ports Modulated IRIG B d Redundant Ethernet Self Healing Ring 2 multi mode fiber ports Un modulated 6 7 amp 8 H IRIG B Redundant Ethernet RSTP 2 multi mode fiber 6788 ports Modulated IRIG B R Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 11 Redundant Ethernet RSTP 2 multi mode fiber 6 788 K ports Un modulated IRIG B 7 Redundant Ethernet Dual Homing Star 2 6788 L multi mode fiber ports Modulated IRIG B Redundant Ethernet Dual Homing Star 2 multi mode fiber ports Un modulated 6 7 amp 8 M IRIG B Product specific 850 nm dual channel 1300 nm SM single channel 1300 nm SM dual channel 1300 nm MM single channel 1300 nm MM dual
91. 2 Status auxiliary contacts P544 and P546 only Circuit breaker 2 failed to trip after a 324 CB2 Trip Fail CB2 Control manual operator trip command P544 and P546 only Circuit breaker 2 failed to close after a manual operator or auto reclose close command P544 and P546 only Manual circuit breaker unhealthy output signal indicating that the circuit breaker 2 has not closed successfully after a manual close command A successful close also 326 Man CB2 Unhealthy CB2 Control requires The circuit breaker healthy signal to reappear within the healthy window timeout P544 and P546 only 325 CB2 Close Fail CB2 Control Indicates that the check synchronism signal 327 NoCS CB2ManClose CB2 Control has failed to appear for a manual close P544 and P546 only Indicates an auto reclose lockout condition no further auto reclosures possible until 328 AR CB2 Lockout CB2 Auto reclose resetting P544 and P546 only Auto reclose circuit breaker unhealthy signal output from auto reclose logic Indicates during auto reclose in progress if 329 AR CB2 Unhealthy CB2 Auto reclose the circuit breaker has to become healthy within the circuit breaker healthy time window P544 and P546 only Indicates during auto reclose in progress if system checks have not been satisfied within the check synchronizing time window P544 and P546 only 330 AR CB2 No C S CB2 Auto reclose AR Mode selected via optos is not 331 Invalid AR Mode
92. 32 medium typically for MODEM applications and referred to as MODEM InterMiCOM for ease of differentiation with InterMiCOM MODEM InterMiCOM supports two terminal applications with a single communications channel Eight MODEM InterMiCOM commands can be transmitted between the line ends Provided the correct hardware options have been specified it is possible to configure the P54x to operate using either InterMiCOM or MODEM InterMiCOM or both The selection is made under the CONFIGURATION column of the menu software 2 2 3 InterMiCOM Features The different requirements of applications that use teleprotection signaling for direct acting permissive or blocking schemes are all catered for by InterMiCOM Communications are supervised and alarms and signal defaults can be defined to give controlled actions in the event of communications signals being distorted or unavailable P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 70 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Communications statistics and loopback features are available to help with commissioning and testing purposes Both InterMiCOM and MODEM InterMiCOM teleprotection provide the ideal means to configure the schemes in the MiCOMho P443 P446 relay The selection between the two will generally depend on communications media availability system configuration distances cost issues and utility practice Definition of Teleprotection Commands Three generic types of t
93. 4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 35 Menu text Default setting Available settings Distance Enabled Enabled or Disabled Only in models with Distance option To enable activate or disable turn off the Distance Protection ANSI 21P 21G Directional E F Enabled Enabled or Disabled Only in models with Distance option To enable activate or disable turn off the Directional Earth Fault DEF Protection used in a pilot aided scheme ANSI 67N This protection is independent from back up Earth fault protection described below Phase Diff Enabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Differential Protection To get the differential protection fully active it is necessary also to enable the differential protection in the group Phase Diff setting and InterMiCOM Fiber setting are mutually exclusive as with Phase Diff enabled the digital message exchanged has the structure of the differential message i e currents are sent to the remote end etc and with InterMiCOM Fiber the digital message exchanged has the structure and properties of the InterMiCOM Fiber Overcurrent Enabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Phase Overcurrent Protection function I gt stages ANSI 50 51 67P Neg Sequence O C Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Negative Sequence Overcurrent Protection function I2 stages ANSI 46 67
94. 44 P545 amp P546 AD 51 If the GPS signal returns continue in the GPS Standard mode of operation In GPS Restrain mode behavior is similar to that of GPS Inhibit except that when average loop delay is used i e GPS Sync is lost if the change in overall propagation delay is greater than the Comm Delay Tol setting the differential protection shall be restrained by invoking the Char Mod Time functionality and not inhibited 1 2 Protection of Transformers Feeders P543 and P545 MiCOM P543 P545 relays can be applied when power transformers are located in the differential zone In order to obtain the correct performance of the relay for this application MiCOM P543 P545 is provided with e Phase compensation to take unto account any phase shift across the transformer possible unbalance of signals from current transformers either side of windings and the effects of the variety of earthing and winding arrangements In P543 and P545 software interposing CTs ICTs are provided to give the required compensation Inrush blocking or restrain options to cater for high levels of magnetizing current during inrush conditions e For conditions where it is possible to temporarily load the transformer with a voltage in excess of the nominal voltage the overfluxing blocking prevents unwanted tripping The fifth harmonic blocking feature does not require a voltage signal A fifth harmonic signal is derived from the differentia
95. 5 2 3 8 InterMiCOM Functional Assignment The settings to control the mode of the intertrip signals are made using the relay s menu software In addition to this it is necessary to assign InterMiCOM input and output signals in the relay Programmable Scheme Logic PSL editor Two icons are provided on the PSL editor of MICOM S1 S1 Studio for Integral tripping In and Integral tripping out which can be used to assign the eight intertripping commands The example shown in figure 48 shows a Control Input 1 connected to the Intertrip O P1 signal which would then be transmitted to the remote end At the remote end the Intertrip I P1 signal would then be assigned within the PSL In this example we can see that when intertrip signal 1 is received from the remote relay the local end relay would operate an output contact R1 Untitled PSL Courier File Edit ew Device Tools Help Signal Properties x Signals List ontrol Input M Output Choose a signal name DDB 192 DDB 3056 9 Tg ae Dwell DOE do CH 0 ut DDR 000 Cancel Help Figure 86 Example assignment of signals within the PSL Note When an InterMiCOM signal is sent from the local relay only the remote end relay will react to this command The local end relay will only react to InterMiCOM commands initiated at the remote end and received locally and vice versa InterMiCOM can therefore be described as a duplex teleprotection system Inte
96. 543 and P545 Susceptance 1E 8 In 1E 8 In 1E 8 In Visible when Compensation is set to Cap Charging Setting to define the positive sequence susceptance value of the circuit for capacitive charging current compensation Inrush Restraint Disabled Disabled Restraint Blocking Only models P543 and P545 when Compensation is set to Transformer Setting Restraint activate Blocking Inrush blocking or Disable turn off the additional bias inrush restrain If set to Restraint Ih 2 Muliplier setting becomes visible If set to Blocking Ih 2 gt Ih 2 CrossBlock and Ih 5 Blocking settings becomes visible and Ih 2 Muliplier setting becomes invisible Note It must be ensure that this function is enabling at each end to avoid maloperation Ih 2 Multiplier 4 1 20 0 01 Additional bias Ih 2 Multiplier V2 Ih 2 Ih 2 967 1596 5 50 1 If the of 2nd harmonic in any phase is greater than Ih 2 gt setting then inrush conditions shall be detected Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 45 Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size Ih 2 CrossBlock Disabled Disabled Enabled If Ih 2 CrossBlock is set Disabled then independent blocking is used If enabled then Cross blocking is used Ih 5 Blocking Disabled Disabled Enabled Setting to enable 5th harmonic Blocking element This shall be used to detect overfluxing conditions Ih 5 96 3
97. 596 100 1 If the of 5th harmonic in any phase is greater than Ih 5 gt setting then overfluxing conditions shall be detected Ih 5 CrossBlock Disabled DisabledEnabled If Ih 5 CrossBlock is set Disabled then independent blocking is used If enabled then Cross blocking is used Highset Status Disabled Disabled Enabled Setting to enable highset differential element HighSet Status only models P543 and P545 when Compensation is set to Transformer and Inrush Restraint is set to Restraint or Blocking YyO 0 deg Yd1 30 deg Yy2 60 deg Yd3 90 deg Yy4 120 deg Yd5 150 deg Yy6 180 deg Yd7 150 deg Yy8 120 deg Yd9 90 deg Yy10 60 deg Yd11 30 deg YdyO 0 deg Ydy6 180 deg Only in models P543 and P545 when Vectorial Comp is enable To define the vector compensation to account for phase shift correction and zero sequence current filtering for transformer applications Only in models P543 and P545 when Inrush Restraint is set to Restrain or Blocking Pick up setting for high set differential protection Phase Is1 CTS 1 2 In 0 05 In Setting that defines the minimum pick up level of the relay when a current transformer supervision CTS is declared PIT I Selection Remote PIT I selection Remote Vectorial Comp YyO 0 deg PIT selection Remote Local or Remote Setting that defines the current to be used for the Permissive Intertrip 1 4 12 Sensitive Eart
98. 6 only Bus1 Volts CS UV setting 1582 CS VBus1 P544 and P546 only Bus1 Volts gt CS OV setting 1583 CS VBus1 gt P544 and P546 only Bus2 Volts CS UV setting 1584 CS VBus2 P544 and P546 only Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 123 DDB no English text Source Description Bus2 Volts gt CS OV setting 1585 CS VBus2 gt P544 and P546 only 1586 CB1 CS1 VL gt VB Line V gt Bus1 V VDiff1 1 P544 and P546 only 1587 CB1 CS2 VL gt VB Line V gt Bus1 V VDiff1 2 P544 and P546 only Bus1 V gt Line V VDiff1 1 P544 and P546 only Bus1 V gt Line V VDiff1 2 P544 and P546 only Line F gt Bus1 F SlipFr1 1 P544 and P546 only 1588 CB1 CS1 VL lt VB 1589 CB1 CS2 VL lt VB 1590 CB1 CS1 FL gt FB Bus1 F gt Line F SlipFr1 1 P544 and P546 only Line Bus1 phase angle in range Angle 1 1 to 180deg P544 and P546 only Line Bus1 phase angle in range Angle 1 1 to 180deg P544 and P546 only Line freq gt Bus1 freq 0 001Hz CS1 Angle Rotating Anticlockwise P544 and P546 only Bus1 freq gt Line freq 0 001Hz CS1 Angle Rotating Clockwise P544 and P546 only 1591 CB1 CS1 FL FB 1592 CB1 CS1 AngHigh 1593 CB1 CS1 AngHigh 1594 CB1 CS AngRotACVV 1595 CB1 CS AngRotCW 1597 Rst CB2 Data 1598 CB2 Pre Lockout Rst CB2 All Val P544 and P546 only Output from CB2 monitoring logic CB2
99. 85 PSL Inhibit trip on reclose TOR 486 Inhibit SOTF PSL Inhibit switch onto fault SOTF 487 PSL To disable differential CTS via PSL To enable SOTF logic by an external pulse 488 Set SOTF PSL When this input is energized by en external pulse SOTF becomes enabled during SOTF Pulse time setting P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 96 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description 489 AR Reset Z1 EXT Zone 1 Extension AR reset Z1X reach back to Z1 reach in Z1 Scheme extension scheme Reset zone Z1X back to Z1 reach using 490 Reset Zone 1 Ext PSL logic input i e case when external AR and Z1 extension scheme are used 491 Inhibit LoL PSL Inhibit Loss of Load scheme function Aided 1 channel out of service signal COS or loss of guard signal LGS in distance 492 Aided 1 COS LGS PSL unblocking schemes This signal is normally driven from an opto input on conventional channels or from InterMiCOM 493 Aided1 Scheme Rx PSL Aided channel 1 external signal received for input to distance fixed scheme logic 494 Alded 1 Receive Aided Scheme Logic Aided channel 1 internal signal received generated in the signal receive logic 495 Not used 496 Aid1 Block Send PSL Prevent sending by customized logic aided scheme 1 497 Aid1 Custom Send PSL Programmable send logic for special customized scheme aided channel 1 498 Aided 1 Send Aided Scheme Logic Aided cha
100. 9 StSd PrSd rSd Jo eseejes epo N Ajuo pees sj9pou WE u ueAug 1dnueju S 2 JO 199 uoee sjueuleunseeui ejeJedeg yjeuonouny Jaw po Jeu 0 uoneoulpoiw 433 uonoejoud jne4 uue3 payo ysoy p lqeu SI uonoejoud usnJuu u uA pejqesip eq ueo suBiH jenueJeyiq uiensa Bumoolg O1UOULEH uis pue puz sjeuuojsueJ euozu 40 uoneoijddy 2 pejueujejduui L 7 pue z eseud 09819 031 2 Qr uo peseq uoroejoJd eouejsip 3nouyM 9794 9 GHSd rrSd ErGd Jo eseejes soDueuo Jo uonduosoeg m xpSd adh Aejay 9002 Aew 0102 uer nss Jo jeuibiuo iv iv UOISI A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 166 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 YAfIN NA XrSd N3 XvSd N3 XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyoo L Buiddeyy ejep pue uonejeuunu3 S lli GO 0 uonoeuo2 Ayjiqede Juewjolug 38009 JO EL ZA Leed CV ZA 10 U9jeg Buisn BuiswoJq oi eBueuo e Huryew jou nq pod jeunoo UO eui BurswoJq Jaye sejnutui G lqissod e sjue ald A OLS uo peseq uogoejoud eoueisip UM 9rGd 8 GpSd rrSd trSd Jo eseejes Duddun days jo mc suoneoyipou 9so oaJ ojne 0 SO oegeno oJp H 104 suoneoyipoui peepejod jueuie9J0JuleJ du eAissiuJeg ZVZA 101 uxed wyo G070 o sBunjes uoeeiJ unuuuru eouejsip jo uononpes suondo g 9I4I payei
101. 9 v y Sd Ul uonosjoJg Ie 4 AI 1014 p xiq uorneJedo s1 A 1 44A JO XI4 aways ulyoolg o 1 10119 10sseo2ouUd oo suie qoud 09819 Jo Jequinu e p xi i WG uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip ulu 9pSd 9 SpSd rSd Jo eseejes sexy ng ASS sjueuieoueuue AN pepnjoul yei WON E q suoneolmpoul WEI Sdo GL 0 Sp10991 jjnej jo Jequunu xew peseeuoul pJoo9J jjne 4 Jee 9joAo WO ejep Bunsixe eui o uonippe ul dui jeueJejjip jueuno eu jo euin eui 18 p pioo 1 sjueuno enueJejiip qjueJino pnioul o pJooaiJ ne 44 Jo BueM AHARISU S 194 p ppe sejeo 91607 uo e11 s un s peppe sjueujeJnsee N 590 H U S EOL I31 peppe uono loid p esu dulo2 ZE 01 pz WOW peseeuoui sjndui snjejs OI p pu x3 Peppe o201oud eau Je O 0 ANA ISd 0 peppe uoneuuojur jeuonisogd zg uo peseq uonoejoud eouejsip ulu 9pSd 9 SrSd vrSd EG Jo eseejes gt I N S S S S gt YS Y gt Y Y gt s 8002 unr 8002 JEW rS z ou ow Ay q yedwos L Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 175 ver Qv N3 XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd ver Qv N3 Xr
102. 999 s nitiate AR Block AR nitiate AR Block AR nitiate AR Block AR No Action nitiate AR Block AR All time delayed distance zones can be independently set not to act upon AR logic to initiate a cycle or to block Initiate AR Block AR Initiate AR Block AR Initiate AR Block AR No Action Initiate AR Block AR All overcurrent stages can be independently set not to act upon AR logic to initiate a cycle or to block No Action Initiate AR Block AR All ground earth overcurrent stages can be independently set not to act upon AR Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 ISEF gt 1 AR up to ISEF gt 4 AR All ground earth overcurrent stages can be independently set not to act upon AR logic logic to initiate a cycle or to block No Action Initiate AR Block AR to initiate a cycle or to block Auto reclose system checks CB1L SC all CB1L SC Shot 1 CB1L SC CIsNoDly CB1L SC CS1 CB1L SC CS2 CB1L SC DLLB CB1L SC LLDB CB1L SC DLDB CB2L SC all CB2L SC Shot 1 CB2L SC ClsNoDly CB2L SC CS1 CB2L SC CS2 CB2L SC DLLB CB2L SC LLDB CB2L SC DLDB CB1F SC all CB1F SC Shot 1 CB1F SC CS1 CB1F SC CS2 CB1F SC DLLB CB1F SC LLDB CB1F SC DLDB CB2F SC all CB2F SC Shot 1 CB2F SC CS1 CB2F SC CS2 CB2F SC DLLB CB2F SC LLDB CB2F SC DLDB Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disab
103. A XrSd jo 9SE9J8J 18 1 9 yyGel u uonoejoJg Ie 3 gO 1iqluul p xi i PL CA 10 YO Ed 10119 10sseo2ouUd oo s uelueA jeuJ8u 3 Je o Edup 5911 Sum s edup pejueAaJd YOIUM uu qoid e p xi i SING Z y Buikejdsip out Buneijedo go oipnis 1X ueuuec pue YOUSI4 eulos pa129J102 Ne e e e e suu qoid 09819 Jo Jequunu e pexiJ Yyy uo peseq uoroejoJd eouejsip 3nouyM 9794 GrSd rrSd ErGd Jo 800c unf ver Qv N3 XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyoo L JO eseojo SI 194 0 peppe sejeo 91607 49427 s in s FU ZA 10 U9jed peppe sjueujeunsee v samas oueues 01 41 sexy 2 JSS sjueuieoueuue dNG Ssuoneoyipou wely 540 gt SS CL 0 Sp10991 Ne Jo Jequunu xew peseeJoul pJoo9J NE Jee 9joAo WO ejep Bunsixe eui o uonippe ul dui jeueJejjip jueuno eu jo euin v oipmg 18 sjue uno Eugen jueuno epniour o pioo i yine peppe uono loid p esu dulo2 ZE O pz WOW peseeuoui sjndui snjejs OI p pu x3 Peppe o20joud eau 0 dNd ISd 0 peppe uoneuuojur jeuonisogd 4 uo peseq uoroejoJd eouejsip 3nouyM 9794 9 794 rrSd EvGd Jo gt gt YS Y gt gt gt 8002 JEW 3s _ ou olu Ayyiqueduos L soDueuo Jo uonduosoeg m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep
104. Bulssiw eq III Ayjeuonoun jeuonippe 104 s um s a uonoejes jeuueuo JeN IP JepuooeJ eoueqinjsig 104 3deoxe lqiedulo o sBures Jeuonippe Un suoisJeA Jei jee Se Buas yey uons peppe Ajjeuonoun jeuonippy NO o0 uonoejes jeuueuo e1IBip JepJooeJ eouequnisig JO 1deoxe ejqneduuo EINEN xix xix VH 16 179 RAR za e e e os Ee endis EE DE WEE WC si EE MES x xix xix E N LO gt gt LO A vl EL L 20 so vO O 20 LO UOISJ9A BIEMYOS li BUS UOISJ9A Aejay Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 180 Relay Software Version HELE 557117 JEDE EDS Pe A Bee EEE x xix x x x x x x x xixix x x x xixix x M o N MT 0 ojlojoj jolj ijewl sr to r o oOlolololhcic kel ke C C tO tO tO LO wo UOISJ9A l d 154 1 Additional DDBs were added such that PSL files from earlier software versions will not be able to access them 2 Additional DDB for the Distance protection will not be included P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 181 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 57 x x x x x x x x x x x x
105. CB Open amp I lt Prot Reset amp I lt I lt Only CB Open amp I lt Prot Reset amp I lt Disabled Enabled Undercurrent 0 02 3 20 In 0 001 0 8 In 10 40V Measured MCB Measured only or MCB only Disabled Blocking Indication Manual Auto 1s 10 s 0 08 32 x In 0 05 0 5 x In 10 100 Disabled Enabled 2 3 Disabled Standard I Diff Idiff Standard Restrain Indication Manual or Auto 0 10 s 0 5 V 22V 0 05 In 4 0 In 0 05 1 0 05 1 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Systems check Bus Line Synchronism and Voltage Checks System Checks P543 and P545 system checks Voltage Monitors Live Voltage Dead Voltage 1 0 132 0 V 1 0 132 0 V Synchrocheck Check Synch CS1 Status CS1 Phase Angle CS1 Slip Control CS1 Slip Freq CS1 Slip Timer CS2 Status up to CS2 Slip Timer Disabled Enabled 0 90 None Timer Frequency Both 0 02 1 00 Hz 0 0 99 0 s All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the first stage CS1 element CS Undervoltage CS Overvoltage CS Diff Voltage CS Voltage Block System Split SS Status SS Phase Angle SS Under V Block SS Undervoltage SS Timer 10 0 132 0 V 60 0 185 0 V 1 0 132 0 V None Undervoltage Overvoltage Differentia UV amp OV UV amp DiffV OV amp DiffV UV OV amp DiffV Disabled Enabled 90 175 Disabled Enabled 10 0
106. EF PROT N IREF gt Stage added 4 6 Restricted Earth Fault Protection added 1 1 Read Only mode feature added Integral teleprotection settings 1 2 4 6 New section EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM 1 2 1 4 6 New section Protection communication configuration GPS Sync updated Char Mod Time updated Char Mod Ex feature added 1 3 4 8 Char Mod Ex Time feature added Distance setup only for models with distance option 1 4 2 4 17 Cells under DELTA DIRECTION updated P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 4 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Document Ref P54x EN ST Ba4 Continued P54x EN OP Ba4 Section 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 4 1 6 2 1 29 1 29 2 1 32 1 33 1 35 1 Page No Description Phase differential Compensation Vector group text changed to Transformer Inrush Restraint updated to add blocking feature Ih 2 amp 5 features added Id High Set updated Sensitive earth fault Sensitive E F modified to SEF REF HI Z REF Protection added IREF Is setting added System data Software Ref 1 and 2 updated Time alignment of current vectors with GPS input all models Section updated to reflect changes to GPS SYNC setting Protection of transformer feeders P543 and P545 Previously 1 1 4 5 20 Section updated Enabling or disabling differential protection for in zone power transformer 5 20 New section Transformer magnetizing
107. EF protection in the P54x relays is a high impedance element which shares the same CT input as the SEF protection hence only one of these elements may be selected The setting options are available under the GROUP 1 SEF REF PROT N menu The high impedance principle is best explained by considering a differential scheme where one CT is saturated for an external fault as shown in Figure 60 Healthy CT Saturated CT Voltage across relay circuit Vs Ir Ret 2p Stabilising resistor Rsr limits spill current to Is relay setting Vs Re Is Ip Maximum secondary through fault current Where Re Relay burden Rcr Current transformer secondary winding resistance Resistance of a single lead from the relay to the current transformer PO115ENc Figure 60 High impedance principle If the relay circuit is considered to be a very high impedance the secondary current produced by the healthy CT will flow through the saturated CT If CT magnetizing impedance of the saturated CT is considered to be negligible the maximum voltage across the relay circuit will be equal to the secondary fault current multiplied by the connected impedance Ri3 Ru Rcr2 The relay can be made stable for this maximum applied voltage by increasing the overall impedance of the relay circuit such that the resulting current through the relay is less than its current setting As the impedance of the relay input alone is relatively low a series connected e
108. EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 52 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Magnetising current Ie P1006ENa Figure 7 Transformer magnetizing characteristic Under normal steady state conditions the magnetizing current associated with the operating flux level is relatively small usually less than 196 of rated current However if a transformer winding is energized at a voltage zero with no remnant flux the flux level during the first voltage cycle 2 x normal max flux will result in core saturation and in a high non sinusoidal magnetizing current waveform This current is commonly referred to as magnetizing inrush current and may persist for several cycles The magnitude and duration of magnetizing inrush current waveforms are dependent upon a number of factors such as transformer design size system fault level point on wave of switching number of banked transformers etc Figure 8 shows typical transformer magnetizing currents for steady state and inrush conditions The magnetizing inrush current contains a high percentage of second harmonic The P543 and P545 relays filter out this component of the waveform and use it as an additional bias quantity The total bias used by the relay will therefore be a combination of the average load current on the line plus a multiple of the second harmonic component of the current The multiplying factor is used to ensure stability and is a factory pre set value Where P543 and P545 relays
109. IN N3 XvSd ver Qv N3 XrSd wnpu ppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL 9rySd Jen as dy oipnis 9 YrGd peppe Buuojuo N go pue ou S 4094 eso oelo ny A 6002 M g GS YV CA 10 Avg uo peseq uonoejoud eoueisip YIM 9rSd 9 SrSd rrSd rSd Jo eseejes sexy ng sjooojoJd 09819931 2 0LSO dNG o sjueure oJduii SNOEN 12 go WO JenpiseJ uoiuw pex 4 09919 pJooeJ une Jo 108 109 jue eJd YOIUM SpGd rSd Ul ue qo1d p lqes p si gSd u uA Bums MO S Burjes WOI SZ USA oipnis p lqEsip SI SLO ueuw s u A 2 jo oi 9p09 au o sjueuie oudui 600z des rs FL A 40 UIE uoljesu duuoo 1 uuojsueJ ul p sn uou Sd GrSd 0 uonoeuoo pesn ndul VS UUM sBumes jueJunoJe o eouenbes oj uono uoo ale s el x q47 peuore Aem y 0 UON981109 nueuJ p9j29J402 apg uo p seq uonoejod eouejsip uyu 9pSd 9 SpSd rSd Jo eseeje sss57753B 57s75s535 ou olu Aungyedwoo s Bueuo Jo uopd sssg nss ojep xiyns is jeuiBuo siempieh UOISJ9A 1PAJOS m xpSd adh Aejay Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 177
110. Indep 1PF TComp complete P544 and P546 only Either CB independent 3P follower time 1564 Indep 3PF TComp complete P544 and P546 only DDB Optional PSL mapping to indication 1565 Set CB1 Close op P544 and P546 only Inhibits CB1 reclose by adjacent scheme 1566 CB1 Control P544 and P546 only de Single Ph AR reclaim time running 1567 1P Reclaim Time P544 and P546 only Single Ph AR reclaim time complete 1568 1P Reclaim TComp P544 and P546 only e Three Ph AR reclaim time running 1569 3P Reclaim Time P544 and P546 only Three Ph AR reclaim time complete 1570 3P Reclaim TComp P544 and P546 only CB1 successful single phase AR 1571 CB1 Succ 1P AR P544 and P546 only OK to reclose CB1 with sync check without 1572 CB1 Fast SCOK waiting for dead time to complete P544 and P546 only System conditions OK to reclose CB1 when 1573 CB1L SCOK dead time complete P544 and P546 only System conditions OK to manually close 1574 CB1 Man SCOK CB1 P544 and P546 only signal to force CB1 AR lockout 1575 CB1 Fail Pr Trip P544 and P546 only 1576 Not used CS2 1 is enabled and Line and Bus 2 1577 CB2 CS1 OK voltages meet CS2 1 settings P544 and P546 only t Line Bus 1 slip freq SlipFr 1 1 setting 1578 CB1 CS1 SlipF gt P544 and P546 only Line Bus 1 slip freq SlipFr 1 1 setting 1579 CB1 CS1 SlipF P544 and P546 only Line Volts CS UV setting 1580 CS VLine P544 and P546 only Line Volts CS OV setting 1581 CS VLine gt P544 and P54
111. LO Alarm P544 and P546 only 3 Phase Trip 2 1600 CB2 Trip 3ph Trip Conversion Logic P544 and P546 only k f A Phase Trip 2 1601 CB2 Trip OutputA Trip Conversion Logic P544 and P546 only f B Phase Trip 2 1602 CB2 Trip OutputB Trip Conversion Logic P544 and P546 only C Phase Trip 2 1603 CB2 Trip OutputC Trip Conversion Logic P544 and P546 only External input via DDB to force host relay trip conversion logic to issue a three phase trip signal to CB2 for all faults P544 and P546 only 1604 Force 3PTrip CB2 External input via DDB to enable CB2 if in service to be initiated for autoreclosing by an AR initiation signal from protection DDB input defaults to high if not mapped in PSL so CB2 AR initiation is permitted 1605 Enable AR CB2 P544 and P546 only Pole Discrepancy 1606 Pole Discrep CB2 PSL P544 and P546 only Pole Discrepancy 1607 Pole Discrep CB2 Pole discrepency P544 and P546 only Trip 3 Phase Input to Trip Latching Logic P544 and P546 only 1599 CB2 LO Alarm U o r 1608 2 Trip UP 3Ph PSL P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 124 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text 1609 AR Enable CB1 1610 to 1615 Not used Source Description External input via DDB mapped in PSL to enable CB1 if in service to be initiated for autoreclosing by an AR initiation signal from protection DDB input defaults to high if not map
112. LVCA eosueuuoped QZ UO S A eJewjos O peoueuue SIA Coe uo peseg uononpouJd o peseejes Sq5 uou ul ueuM S U3 IAS uoneoiunujuo9 o p jo qns ueuw uoneJedo o sjueuie OJdU SH 1 N3 XrSd Jaye 40 20 uo peseg uononpoud o peseejes 9002 Adv 4002 JeW goog uer 002 eq 002 0 uie qoud Bulwy e ejeutue o dn ye s Jo0sseooJd 09 o seDueu uoneJedo penumnuoo Joye SH L N3 XrSd J9je Jo dnyoo SuJUJO2 pue f Jeued 1401 OU jue eJd oj uonoeHo dn Subyoo l suiuoo JeeJ puz v jueAeJd oj UDIDBIOD 2 gog uo peseg uononpoud oj peseejes peppe Jeqi4 suoneoiunuiuloo 0164 9 SNIAON yog uo peseg pl u Inq uononpold o peseejes 69 1 N3 XrSd Joe Jo Ie591uu5 1 Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 7007 AON 7002 AON nss jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 156 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 N3 XrSd Ay iqneduuoo spuewyoeg uonoojoud eBeyoA F9WOOIIAH 91lul s y uonounj pue 31 p io o2 u uj eoegejur Joen gt 99 S e 8J v u S 10 199 yoea 104 Bumas Ajuejod 19 pue pJepueis CV CA 40 YOJE uonejoJ eseud goy pue ogy Hoddns sjepow v suoneoidde J
113. M P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 87 2 17 1 EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM Modem InterMiCOM The settings necessary for the implementation of MODEM InterMiCOM are contained within two columns of the relay menu structure The first column entitled INTERMICOM COMMS contains all the information to configure the communication channel and also contains the channel statistics and diagnostic facilities The second column entitled INTERMICOM CONF selects the format of each signal and its fallback operation mode The settings required for the InterMiCOM signaling are largely dependant upon whether a direct or indirect modem multiplexed connection between the scheme ends is used Direct connections will either be short metallic or dedicated fiber optic based by means of suitable EIA 232 to optical fiber converters and hence can be set to have the highest signaling speed of 19200b s Due to this high signaling rate the difference in operating speed between the direct permissive and blocking type signals is so small that the most secure signaling direct intertrip can be selected without any significant loss of speed In turn since the direct intertrip signaling requires the full checking of the message frame structure and CRC checks it would seem prudent that the IM Fallback Mode be set to Default with a minimal intentional delay by setting IM FrameSyncTim to 10 msecs In other words whenever two consecutive messages have an invalid structure the
114. MICOM OO gt l O Q G JC Q CO N P1150ENa Figure 82 Direct connection within the local substation The connection configuration shown in Figure 82 should also be used when connecting to equipment that does not implement control the DCD line 2 3 5 EIA RS 232 Modem Connection To achieve longer distance communication modems may be used in which the case the following connections should be made Px40 Relay with Px40 Relay with InterMiCOM InterMiCOM 1 1 3 EE 3 04 4 29 5 m d 7 7 m 8 8 9 9 P1341ENa Figure 83 InterMiCOM teleprotection via a MODEM link This type of connection should be used when connecting to multiplexers which provide an EIA RS 232 channel with the ability to control the DCD line With this type of connection it should be noted that the maximum distance between the Px40 relay and the modem should not exceed 15 m and that a baud rate suitable for the communications path used should be selected 2 3 6 RS422 Connection An RS232 to RS422 converter such as Schneider Electric CK212 may be employed to enable MODEM InterMiCOM to be applied if 4 wire pilots are available for signaling as shown in the example below P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 74 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 CK212 Px4x Relay with Px4x Relay with RS232 InterMiCOM RS422 InterMiCOM RS232 RS232 SK5 x5 x5 Sk5 6 9 6 9 ww
115. MYOS pejuaAeJd pessaid y peas usym Aejs y Gum s l wieje y s BuiBueuo pides Aq pesneo wajqoid peAjoses Jo uoou eq Aew SNGCOW Je o pedal sjueurieJnseeui I9MOd susweroldwi uueje rej Alspeg p xu yne Yes uonoeurp uou jeuonoeJiq 19 ejddu Buisn eouepuedep n ly d jo uone no eo ui 10118 Bulpunos peA ouleM SjueujeAoJduui seAJno LNAI JO 60 LA ojBue eseud jueuno SO eseud jo Kejdsip rSd p y o gt II SS SS Ul uonesueduioo juano BuiDueuo eAnroedeo pexi4 pejeJuoo uyBue eui jas Aquo pjnoo Le WOON Agqs aym ue qoud gt suoneolldde jeuruJe ui Jno90 ueo yey uu qoid p 9 uunjoo sjueuieJnseau JO sso e P A OS M sjsenbeJ SNIAONW pijeAur Aq pesneo 100q81 lqissod soueqinisip Aq pesneo Jooga lqissod sepei6dn eoueuejureuil 10 p se 1 spiinq Iv Ay qyedwos Is soDueuo jo uonduosog m xpSd adh Aejay 1002 unr 1002 unr 1002 JEW 0002 Bny 2002 994 nss jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH 002 60 UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 128 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 98 1989 L 424 BIA euop mou eouenbes eAneBeu el y90lqun gSd Z jo zz 1z Aue ou sessed eouepeduur ueuw p nssi yoolq dSd A aq IIIA 1Sd MON o0
116. MiCOM P545 P544 P545 amp P546 Current Differential Protection Relay P54x EN M Ka4 Kb4 Software Version 45 47 55 amp 57 Hardware Suffix K Technical Manual Contains P54x EN AD Kb4 V47 amp 57K Addendum P54x EN M Ka4 V45 8 55 K Manual Schneider Electric Note The technical manual for this device gives instructions for its installation commissioning and operation However the manual cannot cover all conceivable circumstances or include detailed information on all topics In the event of questions or specific problems do not take any action without proper authorization Contact the appropriate Schneider Electric technical sales office and request the necessary information Any agreements commitments and legal relationships and any obligations on the part of Schneider Electric including settlements of warranties result solely from the applicable purchase contract which is not affected by the contents of the technical manual This device MUST NOT be modified If any modification is made without the express permission of Schneider Electric it will invalidate the warranty and may render the product unsafe The Schneider Electric logo and any alternative version thereof are trademarks and service marks of Schneider Electric All trade names or trademarks mentioned herein whether registered or not are the property of their owners This manual is provided for informational use only and is subject to change without notice
117. MpJeH UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 170 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 ver Qv Na XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL FL CA 10 4012 eui 9 leq 40 s6un s euoz euin je 0 s pnioul p sn eq o jueJno JO E90 109 5 oj Jasn y ejqeue oj 9160 114 du j enissiuueg seBueu p lqeu s uonoojoud jenueJeyip eseud u uA euun euJes y 910 591 o Bejeas junoo eouejsip o s busu uono l p 1 MO wo s O sjueuieAoJduu Sum s e uy Aejaq 901 8so O uo du pexy Buroejdes uonisod A ou syxoeuo O suoisu x3 jes Au pu d pul o eBeijs uoee e qeue o BENOAH AQ pue Jepun o s B5ueuo uoroejoJd p ip uonippv uonoejoud A u nb lH AQ s be s OM pue uonoejoud Jepun Jo seBejs noz jo UONIPPY sBulyjas S2 Jo Buidnou8e34 pejoejes eq ued senbiuuoej yoq os 51 seBueu suue y pue sonsnejs uoneBedoud jeuueu Jo uonippy G00 0 o sezis days SNL Ile Jo uononpes s5un s Bulnow seAoAur Ne yeg AH SU S 9 Ney yeg 0 U p MS ui p sn luouuuuio2 omno Hq jo uonippy juejunoJe o eouenbes eAneBeu LA Z LNAI Z eBeis ynu eouenbes AlIeB u Bunsix jo jueuieoe desJ HO L 4LOS eJnjeej asojoey uo dil
118. OM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 119 DDB no English text 1481 CB2 CS2 AngHigh 1482 CB2 CS AngRotACVV 1483 CB2 CS AngRotCW 1484 SChkslnactiveCB2 1485 AR Force CB2 3P 1487 Not used Source Autoreclose Description Line Bus2 phase angle in range Angle 2 2 to 180deg clockwise from Vbus P544 and P546 only Line freq Bus2 freq 0 001 Hz Line voltage vector rotating anticlockwise relative to VBus2 P544 and P546 only Bus2 freq gt Line freq 0 001 Hz Line voltage vector rotating clockwise relative to VBus2 P544 and P546 only Output from CB2 system check logic indicates system checks for CB2 are disabled setting System Checks CB2 Disabled or global setting System Checks Disabled P544 and P546 only This DDB is set when the autoreclose logic has determined that single pole tripping autoreclosing is not permitted for CB2 It can be applied in PSL when required to force trip conversion logic for internal and or external protection to three phase trip mode for CB2 P544 and P546 only 1488 En CB1 Follower 1489 to 1492 Not used Indicates conditions are satisfied to enable CB1 follower sequence P544 and P546 only 1493 CB1 CS2 FL gt FB 1494 CB1 CS2 FL FB Frequency difference between Line V and Bus1 V is greater than setting SlipFr1 2 line freq gt Bus freq P544 and P546 only Frequency difference between Line V and
119. P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 63 Enable SET CB Fail 2 Status Disable Enable SET CB Fal Status DDB External Trip A 535 SET CB Fail 1 Timer t INTSIG IA lt Fast Undercurrent 0 INTSIG Any Trip Phase A DDB External Trip B 536 SET CB Fail 1 Timer INTSIG Any Trip Phase B t DDB Bfail 1Trip 3ph 834 INTSIG IB lt Fast Undercurrent 0 DDB External Trip C 537 SET CB Fail 1 Timer INTSIG Any Trip Phase C t INTSIG IC lt Fast Undercurrent DDB External Trip A 535 DDB Bfail 2Trip 3ph 835 1H 0 Ve SET CB Fall 2 Timer SET CB Fall 1 Timer E Reset ic Oniy 1 CB Open amp ie 2 Prot eset amp lt DDB Pole Dead A 892 DDB External Trip B 536 2 es 2_ 12 ProtReset amp l lt P1108ENk DDB External Trip C 537 DOS Fd b PET b TECH o AS INTSIG Current Prot SEF Trip INTSIG ISEF lt Fast Undercurrent DDB External Trip3ph 534 1 i band t Par posaron eso Aaf 1 lt Only CB
120. R cycle initiation 1543 CB1 AR Init Autoreclose P544 and P546 only CB1 AR cycle in progress 1544 CB1 ARIP Autoreclose P544 and P546 only 1545 Not used Sequence counts greater than shots 1546 SC Count gt Shots P544 and P546 only Convert SPAR to 3PAR DDB mapped to ges give 100ms pulse to CB1 Trip 3Ph and CB2 Trip 3Ph outputs P544 and P546 only CB1 AR failed due to persistent fault Enabling condition for any dead time 1551 DTOK All P544 and P546 only required for CB1 lead SPAR D Time 1552 DTOK CB1L 1P P544 and P546 only required for CB1 lead 3PAR D Time 1553 DTOK CB1L 3P P544 and P546 only Single pole dead time in progress 1554 1P DTime 50 pss P544 and P546 only OK to start 3PAR dead time 1555 OK Time 3P P544 and P546 only 3Phase dead time 1 running 1556 3P DTime1 P544 and P546 only 3Phase dead time 2 running 1557 3P DTime2 P544 and P546 only 3Phase dead time 3 running 1558 3P DTime3 P544 and P546 only 3Phase dead time 4 running 1559 3P DTime4 P544 and P546 only P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 122 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description 1 3PAR dead time running 1560 CB1 3P DTime P544 and P546 only Either CB SP follower time complete 1561 1PF TComp P544 and P546 only Either CB 3P follower time complete 1562 3PF TComp P544 and P546 only Either CB independent SP follower time 1563
121. SJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 147 125 1 Na XrSd 125 1 Na XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 CV A 40 u9 ed VEL 0 u l hip sel 0 CdNQ JO OLZA suoneouipoul BSO IBI OINYV EOLSD Jg uo peseg Ajuo Aueuues JO 0LS2 rSd Jo eseejes jno peunBijuoo si euo ueuw dn emod s ej 8J OM U UM SJn220 YOIUM ul qoid e LS BIA JUBS 5431 195 JO OO 1994005 OU syodey 01S2 1940 SJejs HIP D eouejsip Jo Buljiodas P9 99109 OLAA pU ZAA 40 suonesueduuoo dnoub Joan 8 01 suonoeJ07 0 dNd o 066 euiejuejur ppy uonoejoJd eouejsip v oj 5140 9JeMjjos FE uo peseg uoronpoud o peseejeiJ spying Iv 900c Inf 900c unf 1002 L ELEC pes ies Ayijiqneduioo L soDueuo Jo uonduosog m xpSd adh Aejay nss jo jeuibuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 148 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 uonejueuinoop jes uyooL ejep ou y ul yq uosees v pejpueu O EdNC AeM eu 104 0 556 0 Q dNG o OL 12efqo eoejiejul Jesn el epeul U UM y 9 z sdno B ui s um s 103290 yine jo BuiAes v pe
122. Scheme Zone 2 N trip 618 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 3 trip 619 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 3 A phase trip 620 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 3 B phase trip 621 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 3 C phase trip 622 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 3 N trip 623 Distance Basic Scheme Zone P trip 624 Distance Basic Scheme Zone P A phase trip 625 Distance Basic Scheme Zone P B phase trip 626 Zone P C Trip Distance Basic Scheme Zone P C phase trip 627 Distance Basic Scheme Zone P N trip 628 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 4 trip 629 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 4 A phase trip 630 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 4 B phase trip 631 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 4 C phase trip 632 Zone 4 N Trip Distance Basic Scheme Zone 4 N phase trip 633 Aided Scheme Logic Aided channel scheme 1 trip A phase 634 Aided Scheme Logic Aided channel scheme 1 trip B phase 635 Aided Scheme Logic Aided channel scheme 1 trip C phase 636 Aided Scheme Logic See scheme 1 trip involving 637 Aided Scheme Logic Aided scheme 1 weak infeed trip phase A 638 Aid 1 WI Trip B Aided Scheme Logic Aided scheme 1 weak infeed trip phase B 639 Aided Scheme Logic Aided scheme 1 weak infeed trip phase C 640 Aided Scheme Logic 257 1 Delta directional Trip 3 641 Aid1 DEF Trip3Ph Aided Scheme Logic 7 directional earth fault scheme trip 3 642 Aid WI Trip 3Ph Aided Scheme Logic scheme 1 weak infeed logic 643 Aided Scheme Logic Aided channel scheme 2 trip A phase 644 Aided Scheme Logic Aided channel sch
123. Sd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd ver Qv N3 XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 oipnis 10 eseoja1 S1Id FL CA 10 4212 oipnis JO 181 VV CA 10 UNed oipnis JO S1Id VV A 10 UNed Ay q yedwos VS poo ooq pJeo jeuJeuj3 eui pe oJduu o Buunp gov eui Jo Duupueu y pue seBesseui 099 9241 JO SSO out sjue aJd arg uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip YIM 9pSdcd 9 SrSd rrSd rsd JO eseejes a s d Old IM ei p lqesip eq ueo u os 5801 pepiv IM Ile JexeeJg Bumes euin e20 eut JO ne u durejseuur l CN BIA jueuieJnseeui age 6 L pe qesip s uoneziuoJuou s Sd9 94 U UM 1 JUONI AY o suolo uoO s sudx Aloweu v UBYM Burzuejod 8800 eouejsip v 0 Org uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip uyu 9pSd 9 SpSd vrSd rSd Jo eseejes uonipuoo yne o uo YOMS uoreJedo o avs uo peseq uonoejoud eouejsip YIM SrSd 9 rSd Jo eseejes Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 6002 UMIEN 6002 uer 8002 unr nss jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 176 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 VVM
124. SseJppe c0 SO 10 Sf18M S HOd JS li MOJO o sseJppe Jeunoo p ll uun 65ueuo s ey 3ndino Hulyoayo jjes o jueueoueuu3 ywog peonpei q s JUNO gt l g s 10 Dunes jnejeq pJ02834 Ne o sau Aejap uoneBedoud uonippy y s Jodz NI 40 Bues wnwiuiu peonpey do jeejejupenb eouejsip 104 s um s lqix li Jo uonippy uonejueuinoop Aungyedwoo s buey Jo uopnd sseg nss ojep xiyns jesiuysoL Le jeuibuo U9 Si9A m xpSd adh Aejay P54x EN VH Kb4 S VH 16 171 P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 172 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 ver Qv Na XrSd seJidxe AJOWSW BY UBYM Bursuejod ssoJo eouejsip v oj 401 2 unpueppe PU ZA 10 U9jed 8002 PO M 9 48 XTGd 250 eouejsip UM 9rGd 9 GpSd Ga rSd Jo eseejes sexy Ong ver Qv NA XrSd 5 1962 v Bulke dsip eur Bunejedo gO peiue eld 2 unpusppe PEZA 10 YO ed Uuonipuoo M 3 28 V fIN N4 XrGd NCJ O UO U21IASS JO uoneJedo o UOI 29JJO2 ver Qv Na XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd ver Qv Na XrSd Uunpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyoo L VV A 10 u9 ed VV A 10 UNed 4ZG uo peseg uononpoud o peseejeJ JON 9 pvGd U uonoejoJg ez qO 1diuu euieuos ubyoolg o 1 Buljjode 10119 10sse2ouUd oo sulej
125. Trip 1165 Overfrequency Stage 1 Trip 1166 Overfrequency Stage 2 Trip 1167 Inhibit stage 1 Underfrequency protection 1168 Inhibit stage 2 Underfrequency protection 1169 Inhibit stage 3 Underfrequency protection 1170 Inhibit F 4 PSL Inhibit stage 4 Underfrequency protection 1171 Inhibit stage 1 Overfrequency protection 1172 Inhibit stage 2 Overfrequency protection 1176 HMI Access Lvl 1 It indicates that level access 1 for HMI interface is enabled It indicates that level access 2 for HMI interface is enabled 1178 FPort Accessl v1 It indicates that level access 1 for the front port interface is enabled 1179 FPort AccessLvi2 It indicates that level access 2 for the front port interface is enabled 1177 HMI Access Lvl 2 It indicates that level access 1 for the rear port 1 interface is enabled 1181 RPrt1 AccessLvl2 It indicates that level access 2 for the rear port 1 interface is enabled 1182 RPrt2 AccessLvl1 It indicates that level access 1 for the rear port 2 interface is enabled 1183 RPrt2 Accessl vi It indicates that level access 2 for the rear port 2 interface is enabled Monitor port signal 1 allows mapped 1184 Monitor Bit 1 Commissioning Test monitor signals to be mapped to disturbance recorder or contacts 1191 Monitor Bit 8 Commissioning Test Monitor port signal 8 1192 Hidden 1180 RPrt1 AccessLvl1 1193 Not used 1194 PSL Int 1 PSL 1293 PSL Int 100 PSL PSL internal node 1294 VTS la
126. V 0 08 1 00 In 0 04 1 00 In Sensitive Earth Fault protection Restricted Earth Fult protection SEF REF Options ISEF gt 1 Function SEF Enabled Wattmetric SEF HI Z REF IDMT Curve Type Disabled DT IEC S Inverse IEC V Inverse IEC E Inverse UKLT Inverse IEEE M Inverse IEEE V Inverse Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 ISEF gt 1 Directional ISEF gt 1 Current Set ISEF gt 1 IDG Is ISEF gt 1 IDG Time ISEF gt 1 Time Delay ISEF gt 1 TMS 0 025 ISEF gt 1 Time Dial ISEF gt 1 Reset Char ISEF gt 1 tRESET ISEF gt 2 as ISEF gt 1 ISEF gt 3 Status ISEF gt 3 Directional ISEF gt 3 Current Set ISEF gt 3 Time Delay ISEF gt 3 Intertrip ISEF gt 4 as ISEF gt 3 ISEFN gt Blocking Bit 0 VTS Blks ISEF gt 1 Bit 1 VTS Blks ISEF gt 2 Bit 2 VTS Blks ISEF gt 3 Bit 3 VTS Blks ISEF gt 4 Bit 4 A R Blks ISEF gt 3 Bit 5 A R Blks ISEF gt 4 Bit 6 Not Used Bit 7 Not Used ISEF gt Directional ISEF gt Char Angle ISEF VNpol Set Wattmetric SEF PN Setting REF IREF gt ls IEEE E Inverse US Inverse US ST Inverse IDG Non Directional Directional Fwd Directional Rev 0 005 0 1 In 1 4 1 2 0 01 100 DT Inverse 0 s 100 s Disabled Enabled Non Directional Directional Fvvd Directional Rev 0 005 0 8 In 0 s 200 s Enabled Disabled 95 95 deg 0 5 80V 0 20 In W 0 05 In 1 0 In Neutral voltage displacement residual O V NVD VN 1 Func
127. a communications board 355 GOOSE IED Absent The IED is not subscribed to a publishing IED in the current scheme 356 NIC Not Fitted Ethernet board not fitted 357 NIC No Response Ethernet board not responding 358 NIC Fatal Error Ethernet board unrecoverable error 359 NIC Soft Reload Ethernet problem 360 Bad TCP IP Cfg Ethernet problem 361 Bad OSI Config Ethernet problem 362 NIC Link Fail Ethernet link lost 363 NIC SW Mis Match Ethernet board software not compatible with main CPU 364 IP Addr Conflict The IP address of the IED is already used by another IED 365 IM Loopback InterMiCOM EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM indication that Loopback testing is in progress EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM Message Failure alarm Setting that is used to alarm for poor channel quality If during the fixed 1 6 s 2 j rolling window the ratio of invalid messages SES IM Message Fall IG MIC OM to the total number of messages that should be received based upon the Baud Rate setting exceeds the above threshold a Message Fail alarm will be issued 367 IM Data CD Fail InterMiCOM MOM Data Channel Detect Fail i e modem failure EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM Channel Failure 368 IM Channel Fail InterMiCOM alarm No messages were received during the alarm time setting This is an alarm that is ON if any setting fail during the setting changing process If this 5 Backup setting Self Monitoring happens the relay will use the last known good setting 384 Block Zone 1 Gnd PSL Zone 1
128. able DDB Aid WI Trip3Ph 642 DDB Aid2 WI Trip3Ph 652 DDB Aid1 WI Trip A 637 DDB Aid2 WI Trip A 647 DDB Aid1 WI Trip B 638 DDB Ald2 WI Trip B 648 DDB Aid1 WI Trip C 639 P1108ENt DDB Aid2 WI Trip C 649 Figure 72 CB2 failure logic for P544 and P546 models Switched Communication Networks The P54x relays make use of digital communication signaling channels for the differential protection For correct operation of this protection element it is essential that the integrity of this link is continuously checked For P54x relays when GPS is not used it is also a requirement of this link that go tp1 and return tp2 times are similar a difference of up to 1 ms can be tolerated Times greater than this can result in relay instability Where switched communications networks are used it is possible that during switching a transient time period may exist with different go and return times All P54x relays include a facility to ensure protection stability during this transient period One of the checks performed on the communications link is a check on the calculated propagation delay for each data message During normal operation the difference in calculated time should be minimal possible delays being introduced by multiplexers or other intermediary communicat
129. aiemyos 9 VAZMV sojdo eBuei eng JosseooJd oo ui Burjoeuo WYNS 76 LED pyepueis 3331 Jexejdnjnui jeondo o eH lul gt s gt Yo S s xo Ce Se e Ye 002 uo peseg Ajuo sjeujojsno pejoeles o paseajay jeuuud u peAejdsip Jo pesn LO VS U UM suluo ui sjueujeJnseaui Ne pejoejes xoeqdoo pue pejqeue si ueuw seueuos leuluu eeJu ui Buniqiuu uonoejoud jenue1ejiiq eu eJewjos WOZ uo peseg uononpouJg oi eseejes 2 j ou olu soDueuo Jo uonduosoeg m xpSd adh Aejay 002 des nss ojep jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH 002 0c UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 155 0 dNG o dE ppV 69 1 N3 XvSd Joe JO LU EA I J WOJSNI e o 0 8dNG ZrSd eseeje peur 9002 Ady Bumes 1eseJ esjeAu Sn 4441 0 401200 SH 1 N3 XrSd 4 YE JO L ZA 30g uo peseg uononpoud o peseejes suuejJe 10 Buiddew e0 S 3y 401 2 CGH L seve 0 LE sjauueyo UONEIIUNWUIOO payo IMs Jepun eoueuuojed jenueJeyip JUBUND y o sjueueoueuu3 A 206 uo peseg uononpoud o peseajey doe 1e peppe Duddu ejod 40 Sjueuje ouduui au Buid y sIUA 1401 ejod eeJuj 104 SH 1 N3 XrSd
130. aker has tripped e Where a circuit breaker has started to open but has become jammed This may result in continued arcing at the primary contacts with an additional arcing resistance in the fault current path Should this resistance severely limit fault current the initiating protection element may reset Therefore reset of the element may not give a reliable indication that the circuit breaker has opened fully For any protection function requiring current to operate the relay uses operation of undercurrent elements I lt to detect that the necessary circuit breaker poles have tripped and reset the CB fail timers However the undercurrent elements may not be reliable methods of resetting circuit breaker fail in all applications For example e Where non current operated protection such as under overvoltage derives measurements from a line connected voltage transformer Here I lt only gives a reliable reset method if the protected circuit would always have load current flowing Detecting drop off of the initiating protection element might be a more reliable method e Similarly where the distance scheme includes Weak Infeed WI trip logic the reset of the WI trip condition should be used in addition to the undercurrent check Set WI Prot Reset Enabled e Where non current operated protection such as under overvoltage derives measurements from a busbar connected voltage transformer Again using I lt would rely upon the fee
131. al This figure can represent 5 or 6 times normal full load current Analysis of a typical magnitude inrush current wave shows fundamental 10092 Component DC 2 3rdH 4thH 5thH 6thH 7thH 55 63 26 8 5 1 41 3 7 24 The offset in the wave is only restored to normal by the circuit losses The time constant of the transient can be quite long typically 0 1 second for a 100 KVA transformer and up to 1 second for larger units The initial rate of decay is high due to the low value of air core reactance When below saturation level the rate of decay is much slower The following graph shows the rate of decay of the DC offset in a 50 Hz or 60 Hz system in terms of amplitude reduction factor between successive peaks P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 80 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Variation of amplitude reduction factor between successive mMagnetising inrush peaks with X R ratio 2 8 o 8 E 9 E 3 o v E 2 a E lt 50 100 XIR ratio P4299ENa Figure 3 Variation of amplitude reduction factor The magnitude of the inrush current is limited by the air core inductance of the windings under extreme saturation conditions A transformer with concentric windings will draw a higher magnetizing current when energized from the LV side
132. an internal fault will be a function of the current transformer kneepoint voltage and the prospective voltage that would be produced for an internal fault if current transformer saturation did not occur 2A2VK Vr Vk Vf Tf Rct 2RL RST Where Vp Peak voltage developed by the CT under internal fault conditions Vk Current transformer kneepoint voltage Vf Maximum voltage that would be produced if CT saturation did not occur If Maximum internal secondary fault current Rct Current transformer secondary winding resistance RL Maximum lead burden from current transformer to relay RST Relay stabilizing resistor When the value given by the formulae is greater than 3000 V peak metrosils should be applied They are connected across the relay circuit and serve the purpose of shunting the secondary current output of the current transformer from the relay in order to prevent very high secondary voltages Metrosils are externally mounted and take the form of annular discs Their operating characteristics follow the expression V CI0 25 Where V Instantaneous voltage applied to the non linear resistor metrosil C Constant of the non linear resistor metrosil Instantaneous current through the non linear resistor metrosil With a sinusoidal voltage applied across the metrosil the RMS current would be approximately 0 52 x the peak current This current value can be calculated as follows Where Vs rms r
133. and P545 auto reclose Single Pole Shot Three Pole Shot 1 Pole Dead Time Dead Time 1 Dead Time 2 Dead Time 3 Dead Time 4 CB Healthy Time Reclaim Time AR Inhibit Time Check Sync Time Z2T AR up to ZAT AR DEF Aided AR TOR 151 AR up to I gt 4 AR 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 0 05 5 00 s 0 05 100 00 s 1 1800 s 1 3600 s 1 3600 s 1 3600 s 1 600 s 0 01 600 00 s 0 01 9999 00 s No Action nitiate AR Block AR AlI time delayed distance zones can be independently set not to act upon AR logic to initiate a eycle or to block nitiate AR Block AR nitiate AR Block AR No Action nitiate AR Block AR P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 30 IN gt 1 AR up to IN gt 4 AR ISEF gt 1 AR up to ISEF gt 4 AR Mult Phase AR Dead Time Start Discrim Time System Checks CheckSync1 Close CheckSync2 Close LiveLine DeadBus DeadLine LiveBus DeadLine DeadBus CS AR Immediate SysChk on Shot 1 All overcurrent stages can be independently set not to act upon AR logic to initiate a cycle or to block No Action Initiate AR Block AR All ground earth overcurrent stages can be independently set not to act upon AR logic to initiate a cycle or to block No Action Initiate AR Block AR All ground earth overcurrent stages can be independently set not to act upon AR logic to initiate a cycle or to block Allow Autoclose BAR 2 and 3Ph BAR 3 Pha
134. ase Angle V1 Magnitude V1 Phase Angle V2 Magnitude V2 Phase Angle VO Magnitude VO Phase Angle CB2 CS Volt Mag CB2 CS Volt Ang CB2 Bus Line Ang CB2 CS Slip Freq V1 Rem Magnitude V1 Rem Phase Ang IA CT1 Magnitude IA CT1 Phase Ang IB CT1 Magnitude IB CT1 Phase Ang IC CT1 Magnitude IC CT1 Phase Ang IA CT2 Magnitude IA CT2 Phase Ang IB CT2 Magnitude IB CT2 Phase Ang IC CT2 Magnitude IC CT2 Phase Ang P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P544 and P546 only P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 32 Measurements 2 g Phase Watts g Phase VArs o Phase VA All phase segregated power measurements real reactive and apparent o A B C 3 Phase Watts 3 Phase VArs 3 Phase VA Zero Seq Power 3Ph Power Factor Ph Power Factor Independent power factor measurements for all three phases o A B C 3Ph WHours Fwd 3Ph WHours Rev 3Ph VArHours Fwd 3Ph VArHours Rev 3Ph W Fix Demand 3Ph VArs Fix Dem Ip Fixed Demand Maximum demand currents measured on a per phase basis o A B C 3Ph W Roll Dem 3Ph VArs Roll Dem Ip Roll Demand Maximum demand currents measured on a per phase basis o A B C 3Ph W Peak Dem 3Ph VAr Peak Dem Ip P
135. ase overcurrent stages with optional directionality Earth ground overcurrent stages with optional directionality Sensitive Earth Fault SEF High impedance Restricted Earth Fault Negative sequence overcurrent stages with optional directionality 46BC 49 Broken conductor open jumper used to detect open circuit faults Thermal overload protection Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 9 Models Bere 59 Overvoltage protection stages 2 2 59 Remote Remote overvoltage protection stages 2 59N Residual voltage stages neutral displacement 27 Undervoltage protection stages 2 Ea N N N N N A 4 stage underfrequency 2 stage 81U O R overfrequency and an advanced 4 stage rate of change of frequency element as well High speed breaker fail Two stage suitable for 50BF 50 157 e re tripping and backtripping CT supervision including differential CTS CTS patent pending VTS Current and voltage transformer supervision 79 Auto reclose shots supported 4 25 Check synchronism 2 stages e EEN gt gt Alternative setting groups 4 4 4 FL Fault locator SOE event records 512 512 512 Disturbance recorder samples per cycle For waveform capture Circuit breaker condition monitoring Graphical programmable scheme logic PSL pe IRIG B time synchronism e Second rear communicatio
136. atibility Keus 1 2 3 4 7 8 amp C E amp F IEC870 1 2 3 4 7 8 amp C E amp F DNP3 0 1 2 3 4 7 8 amp C E amp F IEC 61850 Courier via rear RS485 port 6 A B G H J K L amp M 6 IEC 61850 IEC 60870 5 103 via rear RS485 port DNP3 0 Over Ethernet with Courier rear port 6 A B G H J K L amp M 8 K Bus RS485 protocol 6 A B G J K L amp M y Mounting Flush Panel M Rack P545 P546 only N Language options Multilingual English French German Spanish Multilingual English French German Russian Multilingual Chinese English or French via HMI with English or French only via Communications port ouo Software number P543 P545 Without Distance 47 P543 P545 With Distance 57 P544 P546 Without Distance 47 P544 P546 With Distance 57 P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 12 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Settings file Default 0 Customer A Hardware suffix Note 3 K Note 1 Option applies to P545 only Note 2 Option applies to P546 only Note 3 A Original B Universal Optos New Relays New Co Processor Board New PSU G CPU2 J Dual Rated Optos K Extended CPU2 For up to date information on the cortec please visit the website TECHNICAL DATA P54x EN TD Ja4 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Protection functions Phase current differentia
137. atus Time delay after which IM1 DefaultValue is applied providing that no valid message is received in the meantime IM2 to IM4 Cells as for IM1 above IM5 Cmd Type Disabled Direct Blocking or Permissive Setting that defines the operative mode of the InterMiCOM 5 signal 1 Selecting the channel response for this bit to Blocking allows fastest signaling whereas setting to Direct offers higher security at the expense of speed Selecting the channel response for this bit to Permissive offers higher dependability IM5 FallBackMode Default Default or Latching As for IM1 IM5 DefaultValue 0 0 1 1 Setting that defines the IM5 fallback status IM5 FrameSyncTim 1 5s 0 01 s 1 5s 0 01 s Time delay after which IM5 DefaultValue is applied IM6 to IM8 Cells as for IM5 above 1 3 Protection Communication Configuration The column PROT COMMS IM64 is used to set up all the differential protection communications parameters required by differential protection and also the parameters required for teleprotection when Differential function is disabled and the relay is working as a Distance relay using InterMiCOM for teleprotection purposes InterMiCOM is a fiber optic based teleprotection scheme described in detail in the Operation and Application chapters of this service manual P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 40 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 In the settings listed here Channel1 and Chan
138. back test IM Test Mode Disabled Enabled Circuit breaker condition monitoring CB Monitor setup P543and P545 CB monitor setup Broken l 1 0 2 0 IA Maintenance Alarm Disabled Enabled I Maintenance 1 25000 I Lockout Alarm Disabled Enabled I Lockout 1 25000 No CB Ops Maint Alarm Disabled Enabled No CB Ops Maint 1 10000 No CB Ops Lock Alarm Disabled Enabled No CB Ops Lock 1 10000 CB Time Maint Alarm Disabled Enabled CB Time Maint 0 005 0 500 s CB Time Lockout Alarm Disabled Enabled CB Time Lockout 0 005 0 500 s Fault Freq Lock Alarm Disabled Enabled Fault Freq Count 1 9999 Fault Freq Time 0 9999 s Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 P544 and P546 CB monitor setup CB1 Broken I 1 2 CB1 1 Maintenance Alarm Disabled Alarm Enabled CB1 I Maintenance 1 25000 In CB1 IA Lockout CB1 I Lockout Alarm Disabled Alarm Enabled 1 25000 In No CB1 Ops Maint Alarm Disabled Alarm Enabled No CB1 Ops Maint 1 10000 No CB1 Ops Lock No CB1 Ops Lock CB1 Time Maint CB1 Time Maint CB1 Time Lockout CB1 Time Lockout Alarm Disabled Alarm Enabled 1 10000 Alarm Disabled Alarm Enabled 0 005 0 5 s Alarm Disabled Alarm Enabled 0 005 0 5 s CB1 Fault Freq Lock Alarm Disabled Alarm Enabled CB1 Fit Freq Count 1 9999 CB1 Fit Freq Time CB2 Broken I up to 0 9999 s
139. bits s 1134 Ch2 Signal Lost Fiber Monitor Bits Mux indicates signal lost over channel 2 One way communication Local relay that is 1135 Ch2 Path Yellow Fiber Monitor Bits sending over Ch2 indicates that remote end is not receiving Indication of mismatch between 1136 Ch2 Mismatch RxN Fiber Monitor Bits InterMiCOM64 Ch 2 setting and Mux Indication that no valid message is received 1137 Ch2 Timeout Fiber Monitor Bits over channel 2 during Channel Timeout window 1138 Ch2 Degraded Fiber Monitor Bits Indicates poor channel 2 quality 1139 Ch2 Passthrough Fiber Monitor Bits EE 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 PSL PSL F 4 Timer Block F gt 2 Timer Block F 1 Start Frequency Protection Frequency Protection F 2 Start Block Underfrequency Stage 1 Timer Block Underfrequency Stage 2 Timer Block Underfrequency Stage 3 Timer Block Underfrequency Stage 4 Timer Block Overfrequency Stage 1 Timer Block Overfrequency Stage 2 Timer Underfrequency Stage 1 Start Underfrequency Stage 2 Start Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 113 DDB no English text Source Description 1157 Underfrequency Stage 3 Start 1158 Underfrequency Stage 4 Start 1159 Overfrequency Stage 1 Start 1160 Overfrequency Stage 2 Start 1161 Underfrequency Stage 1 Trip 1162 Underfrequency Stage 2 Trip 1163 Underfrequency Stage 3 Trip 1164 F 4 Trip Frequency Protection Underfrequency Stage 4
140. cation point of view since it is faster and based on optical fibers it has high immunity to electro magnetic interference If the high speed communication channel requirement of InterMiCOM64 cannot be provided EIA RS 232 provides a cost effective alternative Because of the differences between the implementation of EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM and InterMiCOM64 the settings associated with each implementation are different Refer to P54x EN ST for details of all settings There are settings to prevent inadvertent cross connection or loopback of communications channels address settings settings to accommodate different channel requirements baud rate clock source channel selection as well as the different settings used for channel quality monitoring and signal management actions in the event of channel failures The received InterMiCOM signals are continually monitored for quality and availability In the event of quality or availability of the received signals falling below set levels then an alarm can be raised Note An alarm indicating the signaling has failed refers only to the incoming signals The remote relay will monitor the other direction of the communications link for quality of transmission If indication of the quality of the signal transmitted from the local relay for reception at the remote relay is required then one of the InterMiCOM command channels can be used to reflect this back Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCO
141. channel 1550 nm SM single channel 1550 nm SM dual channel 850 nm MM 1300 nm SM 850 nm dual channel 32 Inputs Note 1 850 nm dual channel 8 std 12hb Note 2 850 nm MM 1300 nm MM 850 nm MM 1550 nm SM 1300 nm SM 850 nm MM 1300 nm MM 850 nm MM 1300 nm SM single channel 32 Inputs Note 1 1300 nm SM single channel 8 std 12hb Note 2 1300 nm SM dual channel 32 Inputs Note 1 1300 nm SM dual channel 8 std 12hb Note 2 1300 nm MM single channel 32 Inputs Note 1 1300 nm MM single channel 8 std 12hb Note 2 1300 nm MM dual channel 32 Inputs Note 1 1300 nm MM dual channel 8 std 12hb Note 2 1550 nm SM 850 nm MM 850 nm dual channel High Break 1300 nm SM single channel High Break 1300 nm SM dual channel High Break 1300 nm MM single channel High Break 1300 nm MM dual channel High Break 1550 nm SM single channel High Break 1550 nm SM single channel High Break 850 nm MM 1300 nm SM High Break 850 nm MM 1300 nm MM High Break 850 nm MM 1550 nm SM High Break 1300 nm SM 850 nm MM High Break 1300 nm MM 850 nm MM High Break 1550 nm SM 850 nm MM High Break 1550 nm SM single channel 32 Inputs Note 1 1550 nm SM single channel 8 std 12 hb Note 2 1550 nm SM single channel 32 Inputs Note 1 1550 nm SM single channel 8 std 12 hb Note 2 Protocol Options Q oo000 RONOONXZ C HOZOOUUOOZZZ Aa rommoour Hardware Comp
142. cheme or signal from host relay VTS scheme P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto input 1522 Inhibit LL PSL external signal to inhibit Live Line function P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto input 1523 Inhibit DL PSL external signal to inhibit Dead Line function P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto input Sek external signal to inhibit Live Bus 1 1524 Inhibit LB1 PSL function P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto input external signal to inhibit Dead Bus 1 function P544 and P546 only 1525 Inhibit DB1 PSL Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 121 DDB no English text Source Description CB1 In Service can be initiated for 1526 CB1 In Service autoreclose P544 and P546 only 1527 Not used CB1 not available for autoreclose 1528 CB1 NoAR Autoreclose P544 and P546 only 1529 Not used CB1 set as leader 1530 Leader CB1 Autoreclose P544 and P546 only 1531 to 1534 Not used 1535 CB1 Trip AR MemA 1538 to 1540 Not used A Ph trip amp AR initiation memory P544 and P546 only B Ph trip amp AR initiation memory P544 and P546 only C Ph trip amp AR initiation memory P544 and P546 only 1537 CB1 Trip AR MemC Any AR initiation signal present Evolve 3Ph 1550 CB1 Failed AR 1541 P544 and P546 only Any AR cycle in progress 1542 ARIP Autoreclose d i ips P544 and P546 only CB1 A
143. cheme Rx PSL Aided channel 2 external signal received for input to distance fixed scheme logic 508 Aided 2 Receive Aided Scheme Logio Aided channel 2 internal signal received generated in the signal receive logic 509 to 511 512 Aid2 Block Send PSL Prevent sending by customized logic aided scheme 2 513 Aid2 Custom Send PSL Programmable send logic for special customized scheme aided channel 2 514 Aided 2 Send Aided Scheme Logic Aided channel 2 send internal send signal generated in signal send logic Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 97 DDB no English text Source 515 Aid2 Custom T In 516 Aid2 CustomT Out Aided Scheme Logic 517 Aid2 Trip Enable Aided Scheme Logic 518 Aid2 Custom Trip PSL 519 Aid 2 Dist Trip Aided Scheme Logic Description When using a custom programmable aided scheme 2 the user is able to include a current reversal guard timer Energizing this DDB will additionally start this timer from PSL When using customized aided scheme 2 this signal is used to indicate any additional condition that should be treated as permission for an aided trip for example a permissive signal received could be connected or a blocking signal could be inverted and then connected Aided scheme 2 trip enable this is a permissive signal used to accelerate zone 2 or a blocking signal which has been inverted It is a signal output part way throug
144. cteristic 1 INF24 activate characteristic 2 INF25 activate characteristic 3 INF26 activate characteristic 4 Blocked Write parameter change setting private ASDUs General Commands ASDU20 namely INF16 auto recloser on off INF19 LED reset Private INFs e g CB open close control inputs 3 8 1 2 Courier Protocol on Rear Port 1 2 and Ethernet Allowed Read settings statuses measurands Read records event fault disturbance Time Synchronization Change active setting group Blocked Write settings All controls including Reset Indication Trip LED Operate control inputs CB operations Auto reclose operations Reset demands Clear event fault maintenance disturbance records Test LEDs amp contacts Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 77 3 8 1 3 IEC 61850 Allovved Read statuses measurands Generate reports Extract disturbance records Time synchronization Change active setting group Blocked All controls including Enable disable protection Operate control inputs CB operations Close Trip Lock Reset LEDs 3 8 2 Courier Database Support Three new settings one for each remote communications port at the back of the relay are created to support the enabling and disabling of the Read Only mode at each port The NIC Read Only setting will apply to all the communications protocols including the Tunnelled Courier that are transmitted via the Ethernet Port
145. cuit breaker has not closed successfully after a manual close command A successful close also requires The circuit breaker healthy signal to reappear within the healthy window timeout Indicates that the check synchronism signal has failed to appear for a manual close Indicates an auto reclose lockout condition no further auto reclosures possible until resetting 307 A R CB Unhealthy Auto reclose Auto reclose circuit breaker unhealthy signal output from auto reclose logic Indicates during auto reclose in progress if the circuit breaker has to become healthy within the circuit breaker healthy time window 308 309 310 311 312 A R No Checksync Auto reclose System Split Check sync GPS Alarm C Diff Signaling fail C Diff Comm Delay Alarm C Diff Indicates during auto reclose in progress if system checks have not been satisfied within the check synchronizing time window System split alarm will be raised if the System is split remains permanently out of synchronism for the duration of the system split timer Indicates that GPS is lost If a differential protection communication path has remained failed for a period which is longer than the Comms Fail Timer this alarm is ON If successive calculated propagation delay times exceed time delay setting Comm Delay Tol this alarms is ON 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 C Diff Failure C Diff IM64 SchemeFail
146. cuit breaker showing MCB tripped 439 Trip CB PSL Initiate tripping of circuit breaker from a manual command 440 Close CB PSL Initiate closing of circuit breaker from a manual command Initiate tripping of circuit breaker 2 from a 441 Init Trip CB2 PSL manual command P544 and P546 only Initiate closing of circuit breaker 2 from a 442 Init Close CB2 PSL manual command P544 and P546 only 443 Reset Close Dly PSL Reset manual circuit breaker close time delay Reset latched relays amp LEDs manual reset 444 Reset Relays LED PSL of any lockout trip contacts auto reclose lockout and LEDs 445 Reset Thermal PSL Reset thermal state to 096 446 Reset CB1 Lockout PSL Manual control to reset auto recloser from lockout 447 Reset CB 1 Data PSL Reset circuit breaker maintenance values BAR P543 and P545 Block the Auto reclose function CB1 only in 448 Block CB1 AR P544 and PSL P544 and P546 from an external input P546 Enable 1 pole reclose from an external input 449 En 1pole reclose PSL P543 P545 only Enable 3 pole reclose from an external input 450 En 3pole reclose PSL P543 P545 only Pole discrepancy from external detector 451 Pole Discrepancy CB1 PSL input used to force a 2nd single pole trip to move to a 3 pole auto reclose cycle 452 Loopback Mode PSL To enable loopback mode via opto input 453 Perm Intertrip Permissive intertrip mapping what will be sent to the remote line end To enable stub bus protection in relays with two CT inputs
147. curacy 5 0 of reading at zero power factor Apparent power VA 0 2 to 2 Vn 0 05 to 3 In Accuracy 5 0 of reading Energy Wh 0 2 to 2 Vn 0 2 to 3 In Accuracy 5 0 of reading at zero power factor Energy Varh 0 2 to 2 Vn 0 2 to 3In Accuracy 5 0 of reading at zero power factor Phase accuracy 0 to 360 Accuracy 0 5 Frequency 45to 65 Hz Accuracy 0 025 Hz P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 16 IRIG B and real time clock Performance accuracy for modulated and un modulated versions Real time clock accuracy lt 2 seconds day Disturbance records Maximum record duration 50 seconds No of records Minimum 5 at 10 second each Maximum 50 at 1 second each 8 records of 3 seconds each via IEC 60870 5 103 protocol Accuracy Magnitude and relative phases 5 of applied quantities Duration 2 Trigger position 2 minimum Trigger 100 ms Fault locator Accuracy Fault location 2 of line length under reference conditions Reference conditions solid fault applied on line Event fault amp maintenance records The most recent records are stored in battery backed memory and can be extracted via the communication port or be viewed on the front panel display No of Event Records Up to 512 time tagged event records No of Fault Records Up to 15 No of Maintenance Records Up to 10 Plant supervision Accuracy Timers 2 or 20 ms whichever is greater Broken current accuracy
148. cure signaling available on commands 1 8 and Permissive mode provides secure dependable signaling available on commands 5 8 Each command can also be disabled so that it has no effect in the logic of the relay Since many applications involve commands being sent over a multiplexed communications channel it is necessary to ensure that only data from the correct relay is used The relays in the scheme must be programmed with a unique pair of addresses that correspond with each other in the Source Address and Receive Address cells For example at the local end relay if the Source Address is set to 1 the Receive Address at the remote end relay must also be set to 1 Similarly if the remote end relay has a Source Address set to 2 the Receive Address at the local end must also be set to 2 The two pairs of addresses should be set to be different in any scheme to avoid the possibility of incorrect operation during inadvertent loopback connections and any schemes sharing the same communications services should be set to have different address pairs in order to avoid any problems caused by inadvertent cross channel connections Noise on the communications should not be interpreted as valid commands by the relay For this reason InterMiCOM uses a combination of unique pair addressing described above basic signal format checking and an 8 bit Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC according to the security requirements of the commands The CRC calculation is
149. d propagation delay tp 5ms Possible relay maloperation 3 5ms 2ms lt Transient time period gt Time Char Mod Time P1031ENb Figure 78 Switched communication network P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 68 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 Opera ls Transient bi Percenlhge aN bias k2 Restrain 1 L hie EE Figure 79 Transient bias characteristic 2 1 13 Unconditioned 2 Wire Pilot Communications for Distances Greater than 1 2 km When communicating via a pair of unconditioned pilots for distances greater than 1 2 km a leased line or baseband modem can be used For maximum security and performance it is strongly recommended that a screened twisted pair of 0 5 mm or greater conductors are used When choosing between leased line or baseband modems the following aspects should be considered e Leased line modems have a maximum transmission speed of 19 2 kbit sec whereas baseband modems can transmit at 64 kbit sec e Baseband modems have longer re training times typically between 10 to 60 s If the connection between is temporarily lost the protection communications will be interrupted until the re training period has elapsed e Since baseband modems use synchronous communication protocols there is typically a 2096 performance gain over leased line modems that use asynchronous protocols Modems tested e Keymile LineRunner DTM modem with G703 interface
150. d auraya 9y 0 5149 A got uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip JnoullA 9pGd 9 StSd PySd rSd Jo eseejes 9vSd 5 dy oipnis 9 rSd 0 peppe BuuolluolN go pue ou S Dau eso pejloginy A YV CA Ayy uo peseq uonoejoud eouejsip 3nouyM 9rSd 9 SyGei Ge vSd Jo eseejes 600c 120 6002 Aew 6002 JEW Sv Sv Eo ou ow Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss Jo jeuibiuo xuuns UOISJ9A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 165 N3 XrSd YEVM GV Na XvrSd umpu ppEe VVM IN Na3 XvSd YEVM GV N3 XvrSd umpu ppEe YVM N Na XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 1 CL A 10 uoled J M S dy oipnis FL A 10 u9 ed 5 dy oipnis VV CA 10 U9jed Ayijiqneduioo L SLO Evid WO seuleuos 44A 9 eouejsip papiy r vd WON 430 Wo uonoejoud eouejsiq uonoejoud eoueisip YIM 9rSd 9 SrSd rrSd rSd Jo eseejes p10991 ne ul Jueweinsesw AouenbaJJ gt In jeuuud ul peKejdsip Jo pesn 12 VS u uA SWUYO ui sjueuleJnseaui 104290 jjne pejoejes xoeqdoo pue pejqeue 51 ueuw seueuos Jeuruue ui Buniqiuu uonoejoud jenuejegig 9U pejue aeld A WLP uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip JnoullA 9rGd
151. d5 150 deg Yy6 180 deg Yd7 150 deg Yy8 120 deg Yd9 90 deg Yy10 60 deg Yd11 30 deg YdyO 0 deg Ydy6 180 deg Phase 151 CTS 0 2 In 4 In PIT I Selection Local or Remote Scheme logic Basic scheme Zone 1 Tripping Disabled Phase only Ground only Phase and Ground tZ1 Ph Delay 0 s 10s tZ1 Gnd Delay 0 s 10s Zone 2 Tripping Disabled Phase only Ground only Phase and Ground tZ2 Ph Delay 0s 10 s tZ2 Gnd Delay 0s 10s Zone 3 Tripping Disabled Phase only Ground only Phase and Ground tZ3 Ph Delay 0s 10 s tZ2 Gnd Delay 0 s 10s Zone P Tripping Disabled Phase only Ground only Phase and Ground tZP Ph Delay 0 s 10s tZP Gnd Delay 0 s 10s Zone 4 Tripping Disabled Phase only Ground only Phase and Ground 0s 10 s 0s 10 s 1Z4 Ph Delay 1Z4 Gnd Delay Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Aided scheme 1 Aid 1 Selection Aid 1 Distance Aid 1 Dist Dly Unblocking Delay Aid 1 DEF Aid 1 DEF Diy Aid 1 DEF Trip Aid 1 Delta Aid1 Delta Dly Aid1 DeltaTrip tREV Guard Unblocking Delay Send on Trip Weak Infeed WI Sngl Pole Trp WI V Thresh WI Trip Delay Custom Send Mask Custom Time PU Custom Time DO Aided scheme 2 Disabled PUR PUR Unblocking POR POR Unblocking Blocking 1 Blocking 2 Prog Unblocking Programmable Disabled Phase only Ground only Pha
152. der normally being loaded Also tripping the circuit breaker may not remove the initiating condition from the busbar and hence drop off of the protection element may not occur In such cases the position of the circuit breaker auxiliary contacts may give the best reset method Resetting of the CBF is possible from a breaker open indication from the relay s pole dead logic or from a protection reset In these cases resetting is only allowed provided the undercurrent elements have also reset The resetting options are summarized in the following table Initiation menu selectable CB fail timer reset mechanism Current based protection e g 50 51 46 21 67 The resetting mechanism is fixed IA operates A IB operates amp IC operates amp IN lt operates Non current based protection Three options are available The user can Select from the e g 27 59 following options All I lt and IN elements operate Protection element reset AND All I and N elements operate CB open all 3 poles AND All I lt and IN elements operate External protection Three options are available The user can select any or all of the options All I lt and IN elements operate External trip reset AND All I lt and IN lt elements operate CB open all 3 poles AND All I and IN elements operate The complete breaker fail logic is illustrated in Figure 70 Figure 71 and Figure 72 Update Documentation
153. difference slip between line voltage and bus 1 voltage is within the 1465 CB1 CS2 SlipF permitted range for CB1 synchronism check type 2 P544 and P546 only P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 118 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no 1466 1467 English text Source CB2 CS1 SlipF CB2 CS1 SlipF Description Line Bus 2 slip freq SlipFr 2 1 setting frequency difference slip between line voltage and bus 2 voltage is greater than maximum slip permitted for CB2 synchronism check type 1 P544 and P546 only Line Bus 2 slip freq SlipFr 2 1 setting frequency difference slip between line voltage and bus 2 voltage is within the permitted range for CB2 synchronism check type 1 P544 and P546 only 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 CB2 CS2 SlipF CB2 CS2 SlipF CB2 CS1 VL VB CB2 CS2 VL VB CB2 CS1 VL lt VB CB2 CS2 VL lt VB CB2 CS1 FL gt FB CB2 CS2 FL gt FB CB2 CS1 FL lt FB Line Bus 2 slip freq gt SlipFr 2 2 setting frequency difference slip between line voltage and bus 2 voltage is greater than maximum slip permitted for CB2 synchronism check type 2 P544 and P546 only Line Bus 2 slip freq SlipFr 2 2 setting frequency difference slip between line voltage and bus 2 voltage is within the permitted range for CB2 synchronism check type 2 P544 and P546 only Voltage magnitude difference between Line
154. difference between the Transmission and Reception propagation delay is calculated and the maximum value is determined and displayed in Measurements 4 column This value is displayed and compared against this setting If the setting is exceeded an alarm MaxCh2 Tx RxTime DDB 1389 is raised GPS Fail Timer 0s 0s 9999 s 1s Time delay setting after which the GPS Alarm DDB 310 is asserted following a loss of GPS signal or initiation by the GPS transient fail alarm function when active see below GPS Trans Fail Disabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the transient GPS Fail alarm function GPS Trans Count 1s 1s 100s 1s Sets the count for the number of failed GPS signals which must be exceeded in the set GPS Trans Timer window after which the GPS Fail Timer is initiated Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 43 Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size GPS Trans Timer Sets the rolling time window in which the GPS Trans Count must be exceeded after which the GPS Fail Timer is initiated IM1 Cmd Type Direct or Permissive Setting that defines the operative mode of the received InterMiCOM 1 signal When Direct tripping is chosen for security reasons 2 consecutive valid messages have to be received before a change in the signal status will be acknowledged That will impose an additional 1 2 ms delay c
155. e and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 153 s xigq6ng SING Z y Buikejdsip out Bunejedo g9 peiue ald uonipuoo ne o uo YOMs uoneJedo oj uonoeJio 1 Na XvSd Jaye JO 60 CA eJe s e es q31 Aem y oyuogoelo A SWWON JenueJejiq au Aq pesn SNJ 1940991 YOOJO ui sjueuieAOJdUu poo Sd9 eurojsjueue oudu eJeMjos 102 uo peseg uononpouJg eseejes Jequunu poui jo uonisod up ul AUS 019Z uou BulsiuBooe Aeja uw ue qoud peA oses LO VG oul sje 9 3uauno YBIH JO seyesnjes Jep409e eouequnisiq eui uy ulejqoud e peAjoses JO 60 ZA sBunjes ynejep BuuojseJ Bureq jou s ones LO 0 Bunejas wajqoid e paniosay 2 jJ amp oipoued suoneoiunuuuioo ZVON Su yo ym uejqoud e peA oseH A YOZ uo peseg uononpoJd 0 SrSd r 1 N3 XvSd jno peunBijuoo si euo ueuw dn samod s e 8J om U UM SJn220 YOIUM w jqosd e LS BIA 1495 PUEWWOI 5021 19591 JO 4991109 v sudes 0L1S2 1940 sJejs HIP D eouejsip jo 1 N3 XrSd Jo 60 ZA pe1284109 QL AA PU ZAA JO suonesueduuoo dnol5 Joan 8 01 suonoeJ07 0 dNd o deB euiejuejur ppy uonoejoJd eouejsip v oj 5140 BJEMYOS S0Z uo peseg uon
156. e phase AR 1451 CB2 Succ 1P AR P544 and P546 only CB2 successful three phase AR 1452 CB2 Succ 3P AR P544 and P546 only CB2 Manual Close initiated awaiting Man 1453 CB2 Close inProg Close Delay time P544 and P546 only OK to reclose CB2 with sync check without 1454 CB2 Fast SCOK waiting for dead time to complete P544 and P546 only System conditions OK to reclose CB2 as 1455 CB2L SCOK leader when dead time complete P544 and P546 only System conditions OK to reclose CB2 when 1456 CB2F SCOK follower time complete P544 and P546 only 1457 Not used System conditions OK to manually close 1458 CB2 Man SCOK CB2 P544 and P546 only signal to force CB2 AR lockout if CB2 fails to 1459 CB2 Fail Pr Trip trip when protection operates P544 and P546 only 1460 Not used Indicates Bus 2 input is live i e voltage gt 1461 Live Bus 2 setting Live Bus 2 P544 and P546 only Indicates Bus 2 input is dead i e voltage lt 1462 Dead Bus 2 setting Dead Bus 2 P544 and P546 only CB2 close with synchronism check type 2 is permitted setting CS2 2 Enabled and 1463 CB2 CS2 OK Line and Bus 2 voltages satisfy relay settings for CB2 synchronism check type 2 P544 and P546 only Line Bus 1 slip freq SlipFr 1 2 setting frequency difference slip between line voltage and bus 1 voltage is greater than 1464 CB1 CS2 SlipF gt maximum slip permitted for CB1 synchronism check type 2 P544 and P546 only Line Bus 1 slip freq lt SlipFr 1 2 setting frequency
157. eak Demand Maximum demand currents measured on a per phase basis o A B C Thermal State Measurements 3 IA Local IA Angle Local IB Local IB Angle Local IC Local IC Angle Local IA remote 1 IA Ang remote 1 IB remote 1 IB Ang remote 1 IC remote 1 IC Ang remote 1 IA remote 2 IA Ang remote 2 IB remote 2 IB Ang remote 2 IC remote 2 IC Ang remote 2 IA Differential IB Differential IC Differential IA Bias IB Bias IC Bias Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Measurements 4 Ch 1 Prop Delay Ch 2 Prop Delay Ch1 Rx Prop Delay Ch1 Tx Prop Delay Ch2 Rx Prop Delay Ch2 Tx Prop Delay Channel 1 Status Channel 2 Status Channel Status Bit 0 Rx Bit 1 Tx Bit 2 Local GPS Bit 3 Remote GPS Bit 4 Mux Cik F Error Bit 5 Signal Lost Bit 6 Path Yellovv Bit 7 Mismatch RxN Bit 8 Timeout Bit 9 Message Level Bit 10 Passthrough Bit 112 Hardware B to J model Bit 122 Max Prop Delay Bit 132 Max Tx Rx Time Binary function link strings denoting channel errors and when self healing has been initiated in 3 terminal applications IM Rx Status Statistics Last Reset on Date Time Ch1 No Vald Mess Ch1 No Err Mess Ch1 No Errored s Ch1 No Sev Err s Ch1 No Dgraded m Ch2 No Vald Mess Ch2 No Err Mess Ch2 No Errored s Ch2 No Sev Err s Ch2 No Dgraded m Max Ch 1 Prop Delay Max Ch 2 Prop Delay Max Ch1 TxRx Time Max Ch2 TxRx Time Clear Statistics Ci
158. ed Direct Blocking Permissive IM1 FallBackMode Default Latched up to IM8 FallBackMode Default Latched IM1 DefaultValue 0 1 up to IM8 DefaultValue 0 1 IM1 FrameSyncTim 1 ms 1 5s up to IM8 FrameSyncTim 1 ms 1 5s Function keys Fn Key Status 1 up to Fn Key Status 10 Disable Lock Unlock Enable Fn Key 1 Mode Toggled Normal up to Fn Key 10 Mode Toggled Normal Fn Key 1 Label up to Fn Key 10 Label User defined text string to describe the function of the particular function key IED configurator P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 21 Switch Conf Bank No Action Switch Banks IEC 61850 GOOSE GoEna Test Mode VOP Test Pattern Ignore Test Flag Prot comms IM Disabled Enabled Disabled Pass Through Forced 0x00000000 OxFFFFFFFF No Yes Scheme Setup 2 Terminal Dual Redundant 3 Terminal Address Address Comm Mode Baud Rate Ch 1 Baud Rate Ch 2 Clock Source Ch1 Clock Source Ch2 Ch1 N 64kbits s Ch2 N 64kbits s Comm Delay Tol Comm Fail Timer Comm Fail Mode GPS Sync Char Mod Time Char Mod Ex Char Mod Ex Time Prop Delay Equal Re Configuration Channel Timeout Alarm Level Prop Delay Stats MaxCh 1 PropDelay MaxCh 2 PropDelay TxRx Delay Stats MaxCh1 Tx RxTime MaxCh2 Tx RxTime GPS Fail Timer 0 0 1 A 20 A 1 B 20 B 0 0 1 A 20 A 1 B 20 B 1 C 20 C Standard IEEE C37 94 56kbits s or 64kbits
159. ed the setting value under PROT COMMS IM64 Comm Delay Tol it is considered that the communication path has not been switched tp2 and tp1 at the two ends remains valid and the differential protection remains active If the overall propagation delay exceeds the above mentioned setting the differential protection will be inhibited This patented fallback strategy ensures protection continuity even in the event of antenna vandalism maintenance error extremely adverse atmospheric conditions etc all of which could result in GPS outage Note tp1 and tp2 do not need to be equal for the fallback strategy to become operational If GPS Inhibit mode is selected and GPS synchronizing signal becomes unavailable and tp1 tp2 then the time alignment is performed using the average loop delay If at the time the GPS fails tp1 not equal tp2 split path then the time alignment can be performed using the memorized value of propagation delay prior to the GPS outage Each relay continues to measure the overall propagation delay tp1 tp2 As long as the change in overall propagation delay does not exceed the Comm Delay Tol setting it is decided that the communication path has not been switched tp1 and tp2 at the two ends remain valid and the protection remains active If the change in overall propagation delay is greater than the Comm Delay Tol setting the differential protection shall be inhibited Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P5
160. efault Ang IM Prefault Mag IM Prefault Ang Vo Prefault Mag Vo Prefault Ang Per phase record of the voltage magnitudes and phase angles stored before the fault inception VN Prefault Mag VN Prefault Ang Ip Fault Mag Ip Fault Ang Per phase record of the current magnitudes and phase angles during the fault IN Fault Mag IN Fault Ang IM Fault Mag IM Fault Ang Vo Fault Mag Vo Fault Ang Per phase record of the voltage magnitudes and phase angles during the fault VN Fault Mag P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 33 VN Fault Ang IA local IB local IC local IA remote 1 IB remote 1 IC remote 1 IA remote 2 IB remote 2 IC remote 2 IA Differential IB Differential IC Differential IA Bias IB Bias IC Bias Ch1 Prop Delay Ch 2 Prop Delay Ch1 Rx Prop Delay Ch1 Tx Prop Delay Ch2 Rx Prop Delay Ch2 Tx Prop Delay V1 Rem Magnitude V1 Rem Phase Ang Fault IA Local Fault IB Local Fault IC Local Fault IA rem 1 Fault IB rem 1 Fault IC rem 1 Fault IA rem 2 Fault IB rem 2 Fault IC rem 2 Fault IA Diff Fault IB Diff Fault IC Diff Fault IA Bias Fault IB Bias Fault IC Bias P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 34 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 SETTINGS P54x EN ST Ba4 1 1 Relay Settings Configuration The relay is a multi function device that supports numerous different protection control and communication features In order to simplify the setting of the relay there is a configuration set
161. egral of the excitation voltage also increases As a result the transformer steady state excitation current becomes higher The resulting excitation current flows in one winding only and therefore appears as differential current which may rise to a value high enough to operate the differential protection A typical differential current waveform during such a condition is shown in Figure 4 A typical setting for Ih 5 gt is 35 P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 82 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 P4353ENa Figure 4 Typical overflux current waveform To offer some protection against damage due to persistent overfluxing that might be caused by a geomagnetic disturbance the fifth harmonic blocking element can be routed to an output contact using an associated timer Operation of this element could be used to give an alarm to the network control centre If such alarms are received from a number of transformers they could serve as a warning of geomagnetic disturbance so that operators could take some action to safeguard the power system Alternatively this element can be used to initiate tripping in the event of prolonged pick up of a fifth harmonic measuring element It is not expected that this type of overfluxing condition would be detected by the AC overfluxing protection This form of time delayed tripping should only be applied in regions where geomagnetic disturbances are a known problem and only after proper evaluation through
162. ejqoJd YOHMS SWWOOI e BuwojoJ yiqiyul Bumasa jou sem pueuuuloo Aejap 404 jenbg epoul SAH uou oj Sd wo Buiuoyws u uA jou sem pei ejep Sd9 pJeoq 10sseooJd oo au Aq uses Buleg jou sem Bumes Jaw uoneoiipoul Jeuo eu 1 9 Gv Gd U lqISIA peu ueeq seu Jon uoneoyipoui Jeuo Sy epou SdH uouu poppe pJeoq 10sseooJd oo9 mou uoddnS pJeoq 10sseooJd oo Meu e UM 9JewpJeu Z eseud uo suni Aluo UOHEP EA 10 esegjeJ jeuJeju 1002 unr 1002 Aew 3002 0L 1 ou olen Ay q yedwos L soDueuo Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep jeuibiuo xuuns UOISJ89A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 135 uonejueuinoop jes uyooL panss jou QLO ZA Ay q yedwos L uononpoJd ul o BAOGE Y JO UON SON S U A Jeunoo ejeJeue jou peyipouu ou s euin EOLSI seuieuos euiuuej ui puewwoo Aejap suuoo pextJ puno SdeJA e ueuw uoneziuoJuou S Sd UI ue pextJ epoui juepunpei enp ul Ho Sd eui pexi4 suu qoid dnyeijs jesoueb Duisneo sem esneoeq Sd9 104 dn es yoInb y panowey 1199 Je o3do Jo 0 4109 SNAAON Peppy Bunjes Jo A d ynw sejnoqed e ye Lac 40 sow BuneJedo 1sej p xi i 9vSd Ul uonesueduioo uano BuiDueuo eA
163. el detector pickup detects low current It is used for breaker Undercurrent failure in models with one CT input and also it is used for fault record reset as the sum CTs in models with two CTs 865 IB Start C phase undercurrent level detector pickup detects low current It is used for breaker Undercurrent failure in models with one CT input and also it is used for fault record reset as the sum CTs in models with two CTs 866 IC Start A phase undercurrent level detector pickup detects low current in CT1 It is used for Undercurrent breaker failure in models with two CT inputs P544 and P546 only B phase undercurrent level detector pickup detects low current in CT1 It is used for 868 CB1 IB Start Undercurrent breaker failure in models with two CT inputs P544 and P546 only 867 CB1 IA lt Start P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 106 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description C phase undercurrent level detector pickup detects low current in CT1 It is used for 869 CB1 IC Start Undercurrent breaker failure in models with two CT inputs P544 and P546 only A phase undercurrent level detector pickup detects low current in CT2 It is used for 870 CB2 IA Start Undercurrent breaker failure in models with two CT inputs P544 and P546 only B phase undercurrent level detector pickup detects low current in CT2 It is u
164. elay is detected Any subsequent change during this period will cause the timer to restart In the above example the timer will start for the first change 2 to 3 5 ms The second change 3 5 ms to 5 ms will cause the timer to restart therefore allowing for multiple switching between communication paths A change in propagation delay may result in a temporary failure of the protection communications channel If this occurs the propagation delay change may not be detected by the relay To overcome this problem the Char Mod Timer is re started when the channel recovers from a protection communications channel failure if the Char Mod Timer was running when the channel failure occurred When Char Mod Ex is enabled and if the Char Mod Time has started then the Char Mod Ex Timer runs If at the end of this timer and until Char Mod Time has expired the bias current is above 596 In and differential current is below 1096 of bias current on all phases then the Char Mod Time will reset and the characteristic will return to normal If these conditions are not met then the characteristic remains increased for the duration of the Char Mod Time Char Mod Ex Timer should be set greater than the minimum switching delay expected and less than Char Mod Time Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 67 return 5ms I 1 ol 2ms i Communic g Communic qtion qtion equipment Dalim Iris equipment Calculate
165. eleprotection command can be defined These are Intertripping Permissive signaling and Blocking All teleprotection signals are initiated in a transmitting relay but according to the application the receiving relay may condition the signal according to the scheme requirements Intertripping In intertripping also called direct or transfer tripping applications the command is not supervised at the receiving end by any protection relay and its receipt causes direct circuit breaker operation Since no checking of the received signal by another protection element is performed it is essential that any noise on the signaling channel is not interpreted as being a valid signal when the command isn t being transmitted For an intertripping scheme therefore the primary requirement of the signaling channel is security Permissive n permissive applications tripping is only permitted when the command coincides with a protection operation at the receiving end Since the receiver applies a second independent check before tripping the signaling channel for a permissive scheme does not have to be quite as secure as for an intertripping scheme but it may need to be faster Blocking In blocking applications tripping occurs when a protection element picks up in a receiving relay whilst no signal is received from a remote relay In such schemes when the command is received the protection element is blocked even if a protection element picks up Since the s
166. eme 2 trip B phase 645 Aided Scheme Logic Aided channel scheme 2 trip C phase 646 Aided Scheme Logic 7 scheme 2 trip involving 647 Aid 2 WI Trip A Aided Scheme Logic Aided scheme 2 weak infeed trip phase A Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 101 DDB no English text Source Description 648 Aid 2 WI Trip B Aided Scheme Logic Aided scheme 2 weak infeed trip phase B 649 Aid 2 WI Trip C Aided Scheme Logic Aided scheme 2 weak infeed trip phase C 650 Aid2 Delta Tr3Ph Aided Scheme Logic 7 SES 651 directional earth fault scheme trip 3 652 scheme 2 vveak infeed logic 655 1st stage phase overcurrent trip 3 phase 656 151 Trip A Overcurrent 1st stage phase overcurrent trip phase A 657 1st stage phase overcurrent trip phase B 658 1st stage phase overcurrent trip phase C 659 2nd stage phase overcurrent trip 3 phase 660 2nd stage phase overcurrent trip phase A 661 2nd stage phase overcurrent trip phase B 66 152 Trip C Overcurrent 2nd stage phase overcurrent trip phase C 663 3rd stage phase overcurrent trip 3 phase 664 3rd stage phase overcurrent trip phase A 665 153 Trip B Overcurrent 3rd stage phase overcurrent trip phase B 666 3rd stage phase overcurrent trip phase C 667 4th stage phase overcurrent trip 3 phase 668 154 Trip A Overcurrent 4th stage phase overcurrent trip phase A 669 4th stage phase overcurrent trip phase B 670 4th stage phase overcurrent trip phase C 671 IN gt 1
167. ent fiber MUX misrouting or spurious loopback occur an error will be logged and the erroneous received data will be rejected As an example in a 2 ended scheme the following address setting would be correct Local relay 1 A Remote relay 1 B Address 0 0 is a universal address whereby any relay will be free to communicate with any other equivalent to disabling of the unique addressing When PROT COMMS IM64 is set to loop back mode the address 0 0 will replace any existing address in the relay Address 0 0 1 A 20 A 1 B 20 B 1 C 20 C In 3 terminal schemes communicating groups of three relays may be configured Comm Mode Standard Standard or IEEE C37 94 Setting that defines the data format that will be transmitted on the fiber outputs from the relay If the Multiplexer accepts direct fiber inputs according to IEEE C37 94 the IEEE C37 94 setting is selected For a direct fiber link between relays and where the MUX connection is in electrical format G 703 or V 35 or X 21 the Standard message format needs to be set For a setting change to take effect rebooting of the relay will be required The Comm Mode setting applies to both channels Baud Rate Ch 1 64 kbits s 56 kbits s or 64 kbits s Channel 1 data rate setting for signaling between ends The setting will depend on the MUX electrical interface set 64 kbit s for G 703 and X 21 or generally 56 kbit s for V 35 For direct fiber connection between rela
168. ent of the waveform and use it as an additional bias quantity The total bias used by the relay will therefore be a combination of the average load current on the line plus a multiple of the second harmonic component of the current The multiplying factor which is used to ensure stability is controlled by the setting cell 3314 Ih 2 Multiplier under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading provided the setting cell 3312 Inrush Restraint is set to Restraint This multiplier is used in additional bias calculation as per following formula IF Inrush Restraint setting is set to Restraint Additional bias Ih 2 Multiplier 1 414 largest 2nd harmonic current ELSE Additional bias 0 In the above equation second harmonic current is derived from Fourier filtering techniques Where P543 and P545 relays are used and inrush restrain function is enabled it must be ensured that this function is enabled at each end to avoid possible maloperation 2 1 4 3 Second Harmonic Blocking P543 and P545 To select second harmonic blocking option set the cell 3312 Inrush Restraint under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading to Blocking Second harmonic blocking provides security during transformer energization For each phase if the level of phase current is above 596 In and if the ratio of second harmonic current Ih 2 to fundamental in the line is above the settings at cell 3320 Ih 2 296 then inrush conditions shall be detected which sets the approp
169. epeo9j JeuuoJsueJ euoz ui SIEUIDEL MOU pue epGd gt gt s pouu I E u j enueJeyjip 1 jo uoneziuoJuou AS SqH lt Z 1ue noJe o eouenbes eAneBeu euonoeiip eui eAniugeq 9102 uonoejoud eouejsip JNOULM 97 4 9 SHGd ria EGd Jo eseejes PEE SS 9002 Aew 69 1 N3 XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyoo L sseooe 6 SNIAON Ienpiarpur MOIE uoneouipow 2 jno peunBijuoo si euo ueuw dn Jewod s ej 8J OM Uu uA SJn220 YOIUM uJe qoJd e pej994J02 LS BIA 1 puguuuuoo 5431 19S9J JO OO 1994002 OU syodey OLSD 1940 SJejs HIP O 9 eouejsip jo pejoeJl02 Jaye JO LL ZA p9 09109 OLAA pU ZAA 40 suonesueduuoo dnol Joan g 9I4I 0 suonoelo2 0 dNd o 066 ppy uonoejoJd eouejsip v oj sjueure ouduu NC Ze e e Ze e SOE uo peseg uononpoud oj peseesjes 2002 Aew r 1402 0 1 ow Is jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep jeuibiuo xuuns UOISJ89A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 157 pe qesip s ueuw ue e ejejedo UBD 41O0S 19 v9 Jul ollqnd Jo suieJ amp ojo 1 Jequunu j pow uonisod y y v v uo xoeuo parowy SeAJno jueJunoJe o Y jo uoneJedo euj 98 1109 Y gt gt gt gt Su s
170. es as per the 1st stage Binary function link string selecting which frequency elements stages 1 to 4 will be blocked by the pole dead logic Overfrequency protection F gt 1 Status F gt 1 Setting F gt 1 Time Delay F gt 2 Status up to F gt 2 Time Delay Disabled Enabled 45 00 65 00 Hz 0 00 100 00 s All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the 1st stage Update Documentation MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 Rate of change of frequency protection df dt protection df dt Avg Cycles df dt gt 1 Status df dt gt 1 Setting df dt gt 1 Dirn df dt gt 1 Time df dt gt 2 Status up to df dt gt 4 Time 6 12 Disabled Enabled 0 1 10 0 Hz Negative Positive Both 0 00 100 00 s All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the 1st stage Circuit breaker fail CB Fail 1 Status CB Fail 1 Timer CB Fail 2 Status CB Fail 2 Timer Volt Prot Reset Ext Prot Reset WI Prot Reset I lt Current Set ISEF Current Set Poledead V lt Supervision VT Supervision VTS Mode VTS Status VTS Reset Mode VTS Time Delay VTS I Inhibit VTS I2 Inhibit Inrush Detection I 2nd Harmonic Weak Infeed BIk WI Inhibit 10 12 Setting CTS Mode CTS Status CTS Reset Mode CTS Time Delay CTS Inhibit CTS i1 CTS i2 i1 gt CTS i2 i1 gt gt Disabled Enabled 0 00 10 00 s Disabled Enabled 0 00 10 00 s I lt Only
171. f CTS is used this indication is ON in case of failure on CT1 CT2S indication alarm CT supervision ds alarm This indication is ON If Diff CTS is 295 CT2 Fail Alarm CT Supervision used and there is a failure on CT2 P544 and P546 only 296 Remote CT Alarm CT Supervision ers remote indication alarm CT supervision alarm 297 Power Swing Powerswing Blocking Powerswing blocking will block any distance zone selected in the setting file 298 CB Fail Alarm CB Fail Circuit breaker fail alarm This alarm indicates that DDB Maint 299 CB Monitor Alarm CB Monitoring Alarm 1106 or DDB CB OPs Maint 1108 or DDB CB Time Maint 1110 This alarm indicates that DDB 1 Lockout 300 CB Lockout Alarm CB Monitoring Alarm 1107 or DDB CB Ops Lock 1109 or DDB CB Time lockout 1111 Indication of problems by circuit breaker 301 CB Status Alarm CB Status state monitoring example defective auxiliary contacts 302 CB Trip Fail CB Control Circuit breaker failed to trip after a manual operator trip command P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 90 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no 303 304 305 306 English text Source CB Close Fail CB Control Man CB Unhealthy CB Control No C S Man Close CB Control A R Lockout Auto reclose Description Circuit breaker failed to close after a manual operator or auto reclose close command Manual circuit breaker unhealthy output signal indicating that the cir
172. faults 3 phase fault indication Typically used to control auto reclose logic where auto reclosing is blocked for faults affecting all three phases together Trip 3 phase input to trip latching logic A phase trip input to trip conversion logic Essential to ensure correct single or three pole trip command results e g converts a 2 pole trip to 3 phase B phase trip input to trip conversion logic Essential to ensure correct single or three pole trip command results e g converts a 2 pole trip to 3 phase C phase trip input to trip conversion logic Essential to ensure correct single or three pole trip command results e g converts a 2 pole trip to 3 phase Force any trip which is issued to always be 3 pole trip conversion used in single pole trip applications to signal when single pole tripping and re closing is either unwanted or impossible P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 98 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description External trip 3 phase allows external 534 External Trip3ph PSL protection to initiate breaker fail circuit or CB1 Ext Trip3Ph breaker condition monitoring statistics and internal auto reclose if enabled External trip A phase allows external 535 External Trip A PSL protection to initiate breaker fail circuit or CB1 Ext Trip A breaker condition monitoring statistics and internal auto reclose if
173. for the Permissive mode since it is anticipated that Latched operation will be selected However if Default mode is selected the IM FrameSyncTim setting should be set greater than the minimum settings listed above If the IM FrameSyncTim setting is set lower than the minimum setting listed above there is a danger that the relay will monitor a correct change in message as a corrupted message A setting of 2596 is recommended for the communications failure alarm 4 4 Read Only Mode With IEC 61850 and Ethernet Internet communication capabilities security has become a pressing issue The Px40 relay provides a facility to allow the user to enable or disable the change in configuration remotely Read Only mode can be enabled disabled for the following rear ports e Rear Port 1 IEC 60870 5 103 and Courier protocols e Rear Port 2 if fitted Courier protocol e Ethernet Port if fitted Courier protocol tunnelled PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC P54x EN MR Ba4 1 7 Description of logic nodes Note Where applicable Not all nodes appear in every product variant DDB no English text Source Description 0 Output R1 Output Conditioner Assignment of signal to drive output Relay 1 31 Output R32 Output Conditioner 52570 of signal to drive output Relay 32 nput L1 Opto Input From opto input 1 when opto energized 55 Input L16 Opto Input From opto input 24 when opto energized 63 Input L24 Opto Input From opto input 32 when opto ene
174. g current of either 3096 of the minimum earth fault level for a resistance earthed system or between 10 and 60 of rated current for a solidly earthed system The primary operating current Iop will be a function of the current transformer ratio the relay operating current IREF gt Is1 the number of current transformers in parallel with a relay element n and the magnetizing current of each current transformer Ie at the stability voltage Vs This relationship can be expressed in three ways 1 To determine the maximum current transformer magnetizing current to achieve a specific primary operating current with a particular relay operating current 1 lo le lt lt x LLL IREF gt Is n CT ratio 2 Todetermine the minimum relay current setting to achieve a specific primary operating current with a given current transformer magnetizing current lop REF gt Is nie CT ratio P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 84 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 2 8 4 Use of METROSIL Non Linear Resistors Metrosils are used to limit the peak voltage developed by the current transformers under internal fault conditions to a value below the insulation level of the current transformers relay and interconnecting leads which are normally able to withstand 3000 V peak The following formulae should be used to estimate the peak transient voltage that can be produced for an internal fault The peak voltage produced during
175. ge 2 C CA phase trip P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 102 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 DDB no English text V gt 1 Trip A AB V gt 1 Trip B BC V gt 1 Trip C CA V gt 2 Trip V gt 2 Trip A AB V gt 2 Trip B BC V gt 2 Trip C CA Pole Discrepancy CB1 VN gt 1 Trip Source Overvoltage Overvoltage Overvoltage Overvoltage Overvoltage Overvoltage Overvoltage Pole Discrepancy Residual overvoltage Description Overvoltage stage 1 A AB phase trip Overvoltage stage 1 B BC phase trip Overvoltage stage 1 C CA phase trip Overvoltage stage 2 three phase trip Overvoltage stage 2 A AB phase trip Overvoltage stage 2 B BC phase trip Overvoltage stage 2 C CA phase trip Pole discrepancy signal to force a three pole trip conversion if the relay detects one pole dead and no auto reclose in progress Residual overvoltage stage 1 trip 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 VN gt 2 Trip Fault REC TRIG Not used TOR Trip Zone 1 TOR Trip Zone 2 TOR Trip Zone 3 TOR Trip Zone 4 TOR Trip Zone P SOTF Trip Zone 1 Residual Overvoltage PSL Trip on Close Trip on Close Trip on Close Trip on Close Trip on Close Trip on Close Residual overvoltage stage 2 trip Trigger for fault recorder TOR trip zone 1 trip on reclose TOR trip zone 2 TOR trip zone 3 TOR trip zone 4 TOR trip zone P SOTF trip zone 1 switch on to fau
176. gnetizing inrush effect e First energization e Voltage recovery following external fault clearance e Sympathetic inrush due to a parallel transformer being energized Figure 1 shows under normal steady state conditions the flux in the core changes from maximum negative value to maximum positive value during one half of the voltage cycle which is a change of 2 0 maximum VI Steady state P4297ENa Figure 1 Steady state magnetizing inrush current If the transformer is energized at a voltage zero when the flux would normally be at its maximum negative value the flux will rise to twice its normal value over the first half cycle of voltage To establish this flux a high magnetizing inrush current is required The first peak of this current can be as high as 30 times the transformer rated current This initial rise could be further increased if there was any residual flux in the core at the moment the transformer was energized Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 79 Svvitch on at voltage zero No residual flux P4298ENa Figure 2 Magnetizing inrush current during energization As the flux enters the highly saturated portion of the magnetizing characteristic the inductance falls and the current rises rapidly Magnetizing impedance is of the order of 200096 but under heavily saturated conditions this can reduce to around 4096 which is an increase in magnetizing current of 50 times norm
177. ground basic scheme blocking 385 Block Zone 1 Phs PSL Zone 1 phase basic scheme blocking 386 Block Zone 2 Gnd PSL Zone 2 ground basic scheme blocking 387 Block Zone 2 Phs PSL Zone 2 phase basic scheme blocking 388 Block Zone 3 Gnd PSL Zone 3 ground basic scheme blocking 389 Block Zone 3 Phs PSL Zone 3 phase basic scheme blocking 390 Block Zone P Gnd PSL Zone P ground basic scheme blocking 391 Block Zone P Phs PSL Zone P phase basic scheme blocking 392 Block Zone 4 Gnd PSL Zone 4 ground basic scheme blocking 393 Block Zone 4 Phs PSL Zone 4 phase basic scheme blocking 394 Aid1 InhibitDist PSL Block distance aided scheme 1 tripping 395 Aid1 Inhibit DEF PSL Block DEF aided scheme 1 tripping 396 Aid1 Inhibit DIR PSL Block Delta directional aided scheme 1 tripping 397 Aid2 InhibitDist PSL Block distance aided scheme 2 tripping 398 Aid2 Inhibit DEF PSL Block DEF aided scheme 2 tripping 399 Aid2 Inhibit DIR PSL Block Delta directional aided scheme 2 tripping Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 93 DDB no English text Source Description 400 Time Synch PSL Time synchronism by opto pulse 401 1 gt 1 Timer Block PSL Block phase overcurrent stage 1 time delayed tripped trip 402 152 Timer Block PSL Block phase overcurrent stage 2 time delayed tripped trip Block phase overcurrent stage 3 time delayed trip SL 404 gt 4 Timer Block PSL Block phase overcurrent stage 4 time delayed trip PSL
178. h 52 B 52 B CB open CB auxiliary input 3 phase 425 CB1 Aux A 52 B 52 B CB A phase open CB auxiliary input 426 CB1 Aux B 52 B PSL 52 B CB B phase open CB auxiliary input 427 CB1 Aux C 52 B PSL 52 B CB C phase open CB auxiliary input 52 A CB2 closed CB2 auxiliary input 3 428 CB2 Aux 3ph 52 A PSL phase P544 and P546 only 52 A CB2 A phase closed CB2 auxiliary P544 and P546 only 52 A CB2 B phase closed CB2 auxiliary P544 and P546 only 52 A CB2 C phase closed CB2 auxiliary P544 and P546 only 52 B CB2 open CB2 auxiliary input 3 432 CB2 Aux 3ph 52 B PSL phase P544 and P546 only 429 CB2 Aux A 52 A PSL 430 CB2 Aux B 52 A PSL 431 CB2 Aux C 52 A PSL P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 94 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description 52 B CB2 A phase open CB2 auxiliary 433 CB2 Aux A 52 B PSL input P544 and P546 only 52 B CB2 B phase open CB2 auxiliary 434 CB2 Aux B 52 B PSL input P544 and P546 only 52 B CB2 C phase open CB2 auxiliary 435 CB2 Aux C 52 B PSL input P544 and P546 only Circuit breaker healthy input to auto 436 CB Healthy PSL recloser that the CB1 has enough energy to allow re closing Circuit breaker healthy input to auto recloser that the CB2 has enough energy 437 CB2 Healthy PSL to allow re closing P544 and P546 only VT supervision input signal from external 438 MCB VTS PSL miniature cir
179. h Fault If a system is earthed through a high impedance or is subject to high ground fault resistance the earth fault level will be severely limited Consequently the applied earth fault protection requires both an appropriate characteristic and a suitably sensitive setting range in order to be effective A separate four stage sensitive earth fault element is provided within the P54x relay for this purpose which has a dedicated input Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size SEF REF Options SEF Enabled Wattmetric SEF HI Z REF Setting to select the type of sensitive earth fault protection function and the type of high impedance function to be used Disabled DT IEC S Inverse IEC V Inverse IEC E inverse UK LT Inverse IEEE M Inverse IEEE V Inverse IEEE E Inverse US Inverse US ST Inverse IDG Setting for the tripping characteristic for the first stage sensitive earth fault element ISEF gt 1 Function P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 46 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Menu text ISEF gt 1 Direction This setting determines the direction of measurement for the first stage sensitive earth fault element Default setting Setting range Step size Non directional Direction Fwd N A Direction Rev Non directional ISEF gt 1 Current Pick up setting for the firs ISEF gt 1 IDG Is ISEF gt 1 Delay Setting for the time delay ISEF gt 1 TMS This
180. h Restraint is set to Restraint or Blocking a high set differential protection becomes active This unrestrained instantaneous Id High Set is provided to ensure rapid clearance for heavy internal faults with saturated CTs The high set is not restrained by magnetizing inrush A setting range 4 In 32 In RMS values is provided on P543 and P545 P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 56 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB IDiff gt Start A 738 A Phase Differential Comparator LowSet DT IDMT Diff InterTrip A Idiff gt t DDB Diff Trip A 583 HighSet Idiff gt gt DDB IDiff gt gt Start A 1438 Intsig Ih 2 Block A Intsig Ih 5 Block A DDB IDiff gt Start B 739 B Phase Differential Comparator LowSet DTIDMT Diff InterTrip B ldift gt a DDB Diff Trip B 584 HighSet Idiff gt gt Intsig Ih 2 Block B DDB IDiff gt gt Start B 1439 Intsig Ih 5 Block B DDB IDiff gt Start C 740 C Phase Differential Comparator LowSet DTIDMT Diff InterTrip C Idiff gt t DDB Diff Trip C 585 HighSet Idiff gt gt Intsig Ih 2 Block C DDB IDiff gt Start C 1440 Intsig Ih 5 Block C DDB Inhibit C Diff 1145
181. h Set B phase start 1440 Differential High Start C C Diff Current differential High Set C phase start CB2 autoreclose failed due to persistent 1441 CB2 Failed AR fault P544 and P546 only Output DDB indicates conditions to enable CB2 lead single phase autoreclose dead 1442 DTOK CB2L 1P time to run are satisfied P544 and P546 only Output DDB indicates conditions to enable CB2 lead three phase autoreclose dead 1443 DTOK CB2L 3P time to run are satisfied P544 and P546 only Indicates CB2 three phase autoreclose dead 1444 CB2 3P DTime time running P544 and P546 only Indicates conditions are satisfied to enable 1445 En CB2 Follower CB2 follower sequence P544 and P546 only Indicates a single pole autoreclose follower 1446 1P Follower Time time is running either CB P544 and P546 only Indicates a three pole autoreclose follower 1447 3P Follower Time time is running either CB P544 and P546 only Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 117 DDB no English text Source Description Signal from autoreclose logic to initiate CB2 1448 Auto Close CB2 close via CB2 CB Control P544 and P546 only Indicates a CB2 Auto Close signal has been 1449 Set CB2 Close issued P544 and P546 only Output DDB can be applied to inhibit CB2 reclose by adjacent scheme until local 1450 CB2 Control autoreclose scheme confirms it is OK to close CB2 P544 and P546 only CB2 successful singl
182. h the internal fixed logic of aided schemes Aid2 custom trip enable Aided scheme 2 distance trip command output from aided tripping logic 520 Aid 2 Delta Trip Aided Scheme Logic 521 Aid 2 DEF Trip Aided Scheme Logic 522 Any Trip Trip Conversion Logic 523 Trip Output A CB1 Trip Conversion Logic Aided Scheme 2 Delta Directional Trip command output from Aided tripping logic Aided scheme 2 DEF trip command output from aided tripping logic Any trip signal can be used as the trip command in three pole tripping applications Trip signal for phase A used as a command to drive trip A output contact s Takes the output from the internal trip conversion logic 524 Trip Output B CB1 Trip Conversion Logic 525 Trip Output C CB1 Trip Conversion Logic 526 Trip 3ph CB1 Trip Conversion Logic 527 2 3 Ph Fault Trip Conversion Logic 528 3 Ph Fault Trip Conversion Logic 529 Trip Inputs 3Ph CB1 533 Force 3Pole Trip CB1 PSL Trip signal for phase B used as a command to drive trip B output contact s Takes the output from the internal trip conversion logic Trip signal for phase C used as a command to drive trip C output contact s Takes the output from the internal trip conversion logic 3 phase trip command 2 or 3 phase fault indication used to flag whether the fault is polyphase Typically used to control auto reclose logic where auto reclosing is allowed only for single phase
183. hase start 804 VN gt 1 Start Residual Overvoltage Residual overvoltage stage 1 start 805 VN gt 2 Start Residual Overvoltage Residual overvoltage stage 2 start 806 to 828 Not used Phase A undervoltage level detector used in the pole dead logic Detectors have a fixed threshold undervoltage pickup 38 1 V drop off 43 8 V 829 VA Start Poledead P54x EN AD Kb4 S A D 104 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no 830 831 832 833 English text Source VB Start Poledead VC Start Poledead VTS Fast Block VT Supervision VTS Slow Block VT Supervision Description Phase B undervoltage level detector used in the pole dead logic Detectors have a fixed threshold undervoltage pickup 38 1 V drop off 43 8 V Phase C undervoltage level detector used in the pole dead logic Detectors have a fixed threshold undervoltage pickup 38 1 V drop off 43 8 V VT supervision fast block blocks elements which would otherwise maloperate immediately a fuse failure event occurs VT supervision slow block blocks elements which would otherwise maloperate some time after a fuse failure event occurs 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 Bfail1 Trip 3ph CB1 CB Fail Bfail2 Trip 3ph CB1 CB Fail CB2 Fail1 Trip CB Fail CB2 Fail2 Trip CB Fail Control Trip CB1 CB Control Control Close CB1 CB Control Cont
184. hen level 2 access is enabled Password Level 1 s Allovvs user to change passvvord level 1 Passvvord Level 2 ERN Allows user to change password level 2 OPERATION P54x EN OP Ba4 1 1 1 2 Time alignment of current vectors with GPS input all models The effect of the deployment of switched SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy networks on telecommunications circuits used in the application of numerical current differential protection to transmission lines Such telecommunications networks can be deployed in flexible self healing topologies Typically ring network topologies are employed and these are characterized by the ability to self heal in the event of a failure of an interconnection channel Consider a simple ring topology with 6 nodes A F and consider two equipment situated at nodes B and C Under healthy conditions equipment at B communicates with equipment at C directly between nodes B and C and equipment at C communicates with equipment at B directly between nodes C and B In this condition the communications propagation time between nodes B and C will be the same as that between nodes C and B and so the traditional technique described in could be used to apply numerical current differential protection see Figure 4 Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 49 If the link fails in one direction say between the transmitter at node B and the receiver at node
185. hen the percentage of received valid messages has fallen below the IM Msg Alarm Lvl setting within the alarm time period OK Acceptable ratio of lost messages FAIL Unacceptable ratio of lost messages Absent Second Rear port board is not fitted Unavailable Hardware error present Channel Status OK FAIL Absent or Unavailable Indicates the state of the nterMiCOM communication channel OK Channel healthy FAIL Channel failure Absent Second Rear port board is not fitted Unavailable Hardware error present IM H W Status OK Read Error Write Error or Absent Indicates the state of InterMiCOM hardware OK InterMiCOM hardware healthy Read or Write Error InterMiCOM failure Absent Second Rear port is not fitted or failed to initialize Loopback Mode Disabled Disabled Internal or External Setting to allow testing of the InterMiCOM channel When Internal is selected only the local InterMiCOM software functionality is tested whereby the relay will receive its own sent data External setting allows a hardware and software check with an external link required to jumper the sent data onto the receive channel During normal service condition Loopback mode must be disabled Test Pattern 11111111 00000000 11111111 Allows specific bit statuses to be inserted directly into the InterMiCOM message to substitute real data This is used for testing purposes Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM
186. his 954 Faulted Phase C PSL sets the start flag used in records and on the LCD display Faulted phase N fault involves ground 955 Faulted Phase N PSL must be assigned as this sets the start flag used in records and on the LCD display Started phase A must be assigned as this 956 Started Phase A PSL sets the start flag used in records and on the LCD display Started phase B must be assigned as this 957 Started Phase B PSL sets the start flag used in records and on the LCD display Started phase C must be assigned as this 958 Started Phase C PSL sets the start flag used in records and on the LCD display Started phase N fault involves ground 959 Started Phase N PSL must be assigned as this sets the start flag used in records and on the LCD display 960 Zone1 AN Element Distance Elements Zone 1 AN ground fault element 961 Zone1 BN Element Distance Elements Zone 1 BN ground fault element Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 109 DDB no English text Source Description 963 Zone 1 AB phase fault element 964 Zone 1 BC phase fault element 965 Zone 1 CA phase fault element 966 Zone 2 AN ground fault element 967 Zone 2 BN ground fault element 968 Zone 2 CN ground fault element 969 Zone2 AB Element Distance Elements Zone 2 AB phase fault element 970 Zone 2 BC phase fault element 971 Zone 2 CA phase fault element 972 Zone 3 AN ground fault element 973 Zone 3 BN ground fault e
187. iate a change in relay setting for a short time period Char Mod Time setting and will raise a Comm Delay Alarm Comm Fail Timer 10s 0 1s 600 5 0 1s Time delay after which the Channel Fail Alarm will be issued providing that no messages were received during the Channel Timeout period or the Alarm Level is exceeded 1 Ch 1 Failure Ch 2 Failure Ch 1 or Ch 2 Fail Ch Comm Fail Mode Ch 1 and 2 Fail 4 and Ch 2 Fail Fail mode setting that triggers the Channel Fail Alarm providing that the Dual Redundancy or 3 ended scheme is set Normally the alarm would be raised for any loss of an operational channel logical OR combination However when relays in a 3 ended scheme are deliberately operated in Chain topology AND logic may be used for indication when the scheme becomes finally inoperative with no self healing signal rerouting mode possible GPS Sync GPS Disabled GPS Disabled GPS Standard GPS Inhibit GPS Restrain Setting to define type of GPS Mode Refer to Operating Guide for full explanation of settings If set to GPS Disabled Char Mod Time and Char Mod Ex are visible Prop Delay Equal is invisible If set to GPS Standard Char Mod Time and Char Mod Ex are invisible Prop Delay Equal is visible If set to GPS gt Inhibit Char Mod Time and Char Mod Ex are invisible Prop Delay Equal is visible If set to GPS gt Restrain Char Mod Time Char Mod Ex and Prop Delay Equal are vis
188. ible Time delay during which the setting characteristic k1 is increased to 20096 after successive calculated propagation delay time exceed the time delay setting Comm Delay Tol This should be set to greater than the maximum switching delay expected Char Mod Ex Disabled Disabled Enabled Setting to enable Char Mod Ex Time If the Char Mod Time has started then the Char Mod Ex Timer runs If at the end of this timer and until Char Mod Time has expired the bias current is above 596 In and differential current is below 1096 of bias current on all phases then the Char Mod Time will reset and the characteristic will return to normal If these conditions are not met then the characteristic remains increased for the duration of the Char Mod Time Char Mod Ex Timer should be set greater than the minimum switching delay expected and less than Char Mod Time Prop Delay Equal No Operation No operation or Restore CDiff If a P54x relay working with GPS sample synchronization loses GPS and there is a further switch in the protection communications network the relay becomes Inhibited If GPS become active again the relay will automatically reset But if not the user can remove the inhibited condition by using this setting This should only be performed if it can be guaranteed that the communication receiver and transmitter path delays are equal The setting is invisible when GPS Sync mode is disabled P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation
189. if distance primary FUN is selected in IEC 870 5 103 1377 O C Trip By VTS This signal is ON if DDB 1376 is ON and one of the overcurrent stages set to be enabled on VTS condition trips This applies only if distance primary FUN is selected in IEC 870 5 103 1378 Teleprot Tx This is an output signal available in the PSL which could be mapped to a signal send of one of the two teleprotection channels This applies only if distance primary FUN is selected in IEC 870 5 103 1379 Teleprot Rx This is an output signal available in the PSL which could be mapped to a signal receive of one of the two teleprotection channels This is an output signal available in the PSL which can be mapped in IEC 870 5 103 to a 1360 Group Warning minor defect which does not shut down the main protection This is an output signal available in the PSL 1381 Group Alarm which can be mapped in IEC 870 5 103 to a major problem normally linked to the watchdog This is an output signal available in the PSL 1382 AR On Pulse which can be mapped to enable AR via pulse This is an output signal available in the PSL 1383 AR OFF Pulse which can be mapped to disable AR via pulse This is an output signal available in the PSL 1584 DEER which can be mapped to enable AR 1385 AR In Service Auto reclose in service 1386 MaxCh1 PropDelay Setting MaxCh 1 PropDelay has been exceeded 1387 MaxCh2 PropDelay Setting MaxCh 2 PropDelay has been exceeded 1388 MaxCh1 Tx RxTime Se
190. iff Reception of messages on channel 1 has stopped 1121 SignalFail Ch1Tx C Diff Transmission of messages on channel 1 has stopped It indicates that GPS sampling 1122 Ch 1 GPS Fail C Diff synchronization for protection purposes running on channel 1 is lost This is an alarm that appears if the channel 1123 Ch1 Mux Clk Fiber Monitor Bits 1 baud rate is outside the limits 52 Kbis s or 70 Kbits s 1124 Ch1 Signal Lost Fiber Monitor Bits Mux indicates signal lost over channel 1 One way communication Local relay that is 1125 Ch1 Path Yellow Fiber Monitor Bits sending over Ch1 indicates that remote end is not receiving Indication of mismatch between Ch1 1126 Ch1 Mismatch RxN Fiber Monitor Bits N 64kbits s setting and Mux Indication that no valid message is received 1127 Ch1 Timeout Fiber Monitor Bits over channel 1 during Channel Timeout window 1128 Ch1 Degraded Fiber Monitor Bits Indicates poor channel 1 quality 1129 Ch1 Passthrough Fiber Monitor Bits Cht qata r ceived Via Ch iis enced configuration self healing indication 1130 SignalFail Ch2Rx C Diff Reception of messages on channel 2 has stopped 1131 SignalFail Ch2Tx C Diff Transmission of messages on channel 1 has stopped It indicates that GPS sampling 1132 Ch 2 GPS Fail C Diff synchronization for protection purposes running on channel 2 is lost This is an alarm that appears if the channel 1133 Ch2 Mux Clk Fiber Monitor Bits 2 baud rate is outside the limits 52Kbis s or 70 K
191. ifferential C phase trip 586 Diff InterTrip C Diff Current differential intertrip 587 Current differential A phase intertrip 588 Current differential B phase intertrip 589 Current differential C phase intertrip 590 Perm InterTrip Permissive intertrip 591 Stub Bus Trip Stub bus trip 592 df dt gt Inhibit Inhibit df dt protection 593 df dt gt 1 Tmr Blk Block df dt Stage 1 Timer PSL 594 Block df dt Stage 2 Timer 595 Block df dt Stage 3 Timer 596 Block df dt Stage 4 Timer 597 df dt gt 1 Start df dt protection df dt Stage 1 Start P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 100 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description 598 df dt protection df dt Stage 2 Start 599 df dt protection df dt Stage 3 Start 600 df dt protection df dt Stage 4 Start 601 df dt protection df dt Stage 1 Trip 602 df dt protection df dt Stage 2 Trip 603 df dt protection df dt Stage 3 Trip 604 df dt protection df dt Stage 4 Trip 605 Not used 608 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 1 trip 609 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 1 A phase trip 610 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 1 B phase trip 611 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 1 C phase trip 612 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 1 N trip 613 Zone 2 Trip Distance Basic Scheme Zone 2 trip 614 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 2 A phase trip 615 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 2 B phase trip 616 Distance Basic Scheme Zone 2 C phase trip 617 Distance Basic
192. ignal is used to prevent tripping it is a requirement that the signal should be available whenever possible and that it should be received as quickly as possible The requirements of a blocking channel are therefore to be fast and to be dependable The requirements for the three channel types are represented pictorially in Figure 81 Permissive We Dependability P1342ENa Figure 81 Pictorial comparison of operating modes Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 71 This diagram shows that a blocking signal should be fast and dependable a direct intertrip signal should be very secure and a permissive signal is an intermediate compromise of speed security and dependability In MODEM InterMiCOM applications selected signaling bits within each message can be conditioned to provide optimal characteristics for each type of the three teleprotection command types In InterMiCOM applications the framing and error checking of a single command message is sufficient to meet the security of a permissive application whilst the speed is sufficiently fast to meet the needs of a blocking scheme Accordingly in InterMiCOM applications there is no differentiation between blocking commands or permissive commands so that only signals being used for direct intertripping with higher security requirements need to be differentiated from those in permissive or blocking schemes 2 3 2 3 1 MODEM I
193. ilnq Iy r002 6nv 125 1 Na XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 NV 1991100 uy peuodei 01 9 02809 OJI u duyejur jenueJejiq peA oJduil 01 G 04809 O3I u NV 40 pe oJduut ojuo papalu so essaw snounds jo uonoslay peA oJduui awe SNIAON Jo uondeoes JepJo 02 8S1 A 1 ui yeuuo euin 931 40 uolssiwsue molje o Dunes uo Snaao Jo uonippy pJo snjejs SAIAON 0 2 dI4L PEPPY WYNS Jo jjes pe ouduu Jaye JO OL uonisinboe ejep enBojeue jo Burjoeuo jjes pe ouduJ Np SI g ordli U9UM 00q91 o Ae sesneo ou s euin O EdNC peiueA aJd pejeJuoo SI SNIAON Ela seBesseui poo 1equunu Ae ds q eBueij ejBue uonesueduuoo enpises 52ue siq 0 dNG Peo ueuuz p sind 0 24 40 uoddns pue pas nd peuojel ejyejoA uou Buipnjour sjueuieoueuue sindul 04002 gt Y zs N gt slemyos 3z uo peseg uononpoud oj p se 1 spying Iy soDueuo Jo uondu os q L m xpSd ed Aejay 7002 dv nss jeuibiuo el Eo Heu Ay qyedwos xiyns UOISI A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 146 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 WEL 0 1u J jjip LZa L N3 XFSd sel 0 dNO Je up SNGCOW p usuo 2 Jaye JO OL ZA Slemyos OCL uo peseg UOHONpoJd o pesee
194. inrush P543 P545 Previously 1 1 4 1 5 20 Heading and section updated Second harmonic restraint P543 P545 5 20 New section Second harmonic blocking P543 P545 5 20 New section Fifth harmonic blocking P543 P545 5 20 New section High set differential P543 P545 5 20 Section split previously part of 1 1 4 1 Tripping mode selection of single or three phase tripping Previously 1 5 2 9 27 Figure 17 updated Earth fault Sensitive Earth Fault SEF and Restricted Earth Fault REF protection Previously 1 28 5 84 Heading and section updated Restricted Earth Fault protection REF 5 84 New section Undervoltage protection 5 90 Figure 67 updated Overvoltage protection 5 91 Figure 68 updated Reset mechanisms for breaker fail timers Figure 71 updated 5 96 Figure 72 updated Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 5 Document Ref Section Page No Description P54x EN OP Ba4 Switched communication networks Continued 2 1 6 5 105 Char Mod Ex feature added Pilot isolation 2 1 12 1 5 111 Section deleted Baseband modem and P590 specification 2 1 12 2 5 111 Section deleted Baseband modem propagation delay 2 1 12 3 5 112 Section deleted Baseband modem and relay configuration 2 1 12 4 5 112 Section deleted Unconditioned 2 wire pilot communications for distances greater than 1 2 km 2 1 13 5 111 New section InterMiCOM 2 2 5 117 New section Protection signaling 2 2 1 5 117 Ne
195. ion equipment If successive calculated propagation delay times exceed a user settable value 250 1000 us The P54x raise a comm delay alarm and initiate a change in relay setting for a short time period Char Mod Time setting to overcome any switching delay This change in setting is shown in Figure 79 whereby the relay bias setting k1 is increased to 20096 This characteristic provides stability for all load conditions and will still allow tripping for most internal fault conditions P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 66 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Figure 73 shows a possible scenario for a switched network Initially the P54x relays are communicating via path 1 The go and return times for this path are 2 ms and hence the calculated propagation delay is 2 2 2 2 ms When the channel is switched to path 2 a small time period exists where the P54x s could be sending messages via path 1 and returning via path 2 The calculated propagation delay will now be 2 5 2 3 5 ms The resultant 1 5 ms error at each line end may cause the relay to maloperate due to incorrect time alignment of current vectors see section 1 1 1 1 After a short delay both go and return paths will follow route 2 and the calculated propagation delay will be 5 5 2 5 ms The relay will now be stable as correct current vector time alignment exists at each line end The Char Mod timer is started when a change in propagation d
196. jei sping Iy Bulwy e ejeuruie o dn jejs J0sseo20Jd o9 o s bupu Ajpides pa ueys s um s uoddns 9 o 3u09 USUM SUOISI A Q dNG 104 1009981 e pejue aJd 812 VG JO jueJuno jeJjneu Jo e dsip jjnejep pe12e4102 SNIAON pue 4eunoo 104 5 Bues Buys VEL 0 1ueJeyip ui pesn oj sjejoeJeuo Jeunoo pepuejxe Mojje 0j suonaeJ102 LZI L N3 XvSd sel 0 CdNQ Jo OL ZA uueje eoueuojureui gO Jo uoneJedo Buiuueos Aug 0 264 0 401 uo sa essaw pi eA ou jo Aejdsiq 794 8 rSd U 0EL ZEL jui unj peddewey soro oyne ejod ejBuis o OE uo peseg uononpoud oj peseejei spiinq Iv 9 juepunpeij jenp ui Sd9 800 jo snYEIS auuey gt BuijeuBis y uo esiou SI 8194 U UM 21 VEL 011u9J9jJlp si Aejo euo UBUM 9rpSd SrSd JO 102 pejueA aJd s lli o 125 1 Na XvSd sell 0 dNQ jo9010Jd 601 2 0 809 031 1918140 0V CA Ul yq SWI 5 y Jo esuodsaj 981100UI ue pexi WVMS J0sseooJd oo o wajqoud e D A OS M Slemyos gg uo peseg uononpoud o peseejeiJ spying uonejueuin2op 2 le591uu5 1 Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 4002 Adv 4002 Je 002 PO nss jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH 1402 el UOI
197. jeuibiuo xuuns UOISJ89A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 163 ver Qv N3 XrSd wnpu ppe YAfIN NA XrSd JO SE 91 S1 q ui p sn u uA Zl l qneduso pGd GPGd 0 uonoeu025 s xU6ng 2 SJo20j04d 09819931 9 0LSO dNG o sjueuje oudui snoueA 2 12 go Sunenu eBeyoAJeno JenpiseJ yo ym w jqosd pexiJ gt p lqEsip SI S LO ueuw slu A BureJeueB S19 poo SqH eut o sjueue ouduj oipnis uonesueduioo 1euuoJsueJi YV ZA 40 U9jed p sn jndul VG u uA sBumes jueunoJe o eouenbes oj uonoeJ05 s ejes q37 p249 Aem v o uonoeuo2 Sd ilnejep rSd P9491100 suonej sueJz nu ui euios uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip JnoullA 9794 9 StSd Prd rSd Jo eseejes x 6002 1des ver Qv N3 XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd ver Qv Na XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 ooq ped jeuJeuj43 eu A olpnis o Buunp Bey Gov eui Jo Buljpuey JO ss l l 15 1 y pexy pue sobessaw 0S8 9O3l JO SSO out SJU A Id PL ZA 10 YO Ed uo peseq JO S1Id PL ZA 10 YO Ed uoroejoJd eouejsip JnoullA 9794 9 StSd rrSd rSd Jo eseejes a s d Old IM ei p lqesip eq ueo
198. joejes jou u ym peideooe Buieq SNAAON BIA esojo duj g2 oi pejejeJ Wajqoid peAjoses juesaJd jou eJewpJeu U9UM Jeqy 601 9 0 809 221 40 Bum s y ponowey x9oJ9 ejnpouu 3ndui o sonsouBeip jjes pe ouduu LN3A3 QN3S Jeunoo o esuodsai ay 96 0 peseaJoui suue v 80 0 sjueuieA oJduu unu jou Inq peppe po 400 uo snie s pJowssed jo uorneolpu ejDue uonesuedujoo JenpiseJ eouejsiq peppe Sum s uonoaurp eouejsiq pJo snjejs 5 80 01 INSV TV 8 dI4L PEPPY 01 S 02809 23l 40 0 uoneoo ne peppy jou p ppe ueissn J p ppe uondo zyon 821 uo peseg pieog JosseooJd 2 eseud uo suni uo uorepijeA JO eseejei euJ luj gt V S Y9 9939S9v SS 00 AON 535 Heu A l qneduro VS soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 149 uonejueuin2op 2 Ie91uuo 1 LS 2040 o sexy Eng jo jequnu V s exjouelA oguoo g2 A goz uo peseg Aju UOREP EA 10 eseejoJ jeuJeju znd o BunejeJ sexy Bnq jo jequinu v suueje jenuew jo uonejedo seuje
199. joeuo jjes pe ouduJJ pe oJduut G8PSY ojuo papalu so essaw snounds jo uonoslay peA oJuduui awed SNIAON Jo uondeoes pJeoq JosseooJd oo o peppe Bunjoeuo as Wie NV 1991109 YIM 01 G 02809 OJI ut jenueJegiq uonisinboe ep enBojeue jo Buroeuo jes pe oJdu Jemyos SO uo peseg uononpoud oj pesesjeiJ spilnq IV Ay qyedwos Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 4002 Inf 7002 PO nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH 1402 L UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 141 Le3 L Na XrSd Le3 L Na XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 1 Ol eloo jo uoneJedo Q edNG 1994023 sjuo e MOU sjueuueje jua inoJeA o pexoo g Jee ue peurejuoo suueje peuyep Jesn 10J 1x9 usiueds p lqes p s uonoajoud IELLUeut uaym peKejdsip jueuieJnseeuu EUL v ul qoid noyoo JexeeJq e peAjoses Jee 10 GO ZA so do Bunoejes wejqoid panjossyy swueje eJnjlej SAY uoneunp oys pesneo yoiym wajqosd s uu u2s CUILUI9 ul uonesu duuo jueuino BuiDueuo eAnioedeo Jo uonejedo 1294102 seuieuos Sue e ui uueje eJnjrej HD 9 Jo uonejedo 198409UI peAjoses gt gt gt vz uo peseg uononpoud oj p se
200. l P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 129 Jo l JO YG0 o Buipeu6dn papuswwossey x oeH lu SNIAON 002 GO 8819801 Jaye JO Q ZA ay Aouonba y Zeldsip o p sn JeuuuoJ v 329400 Z00Z DO V HS0 uo peseg uononpouJd peseejaiJ jou eseejai Dour Jaye JO 490 o SulpeiSdn pspuswwosey x 88198921 Jaye 40 Q ZA SjsenbeJ SNAAON Aq p sne 100qeJ lqissod 2002 uer 9JeAgJos NGO uo peseg uononpoJd o peseejeiJ spilnq IV d y Jo MG0 o Buipeu6dn pspuswwossey x yooq l e esneo ued uoiuM piinq SNIAON l l lqold x 8619821 4 E 140 Q CA eouegunisip Aq pesneo Jooga lqissod pavjosoy 200c uer 490 uo peseg uononpoid oj peseejeJ SNIAOIN 1deoxe spilnq Jeje Jo 490 o Buipeu6dn pepueuuujo28 sseJppe Q dNG 0 seBueuo Aq pesneo suiejqoud p xi i d jo uonejnojeo ui 10 118 SjueujeAoJduui seAuno Lac 8619821 JO Q ZA ojBue eseud juauno 2 eseud Aeldsip pejo9J102 1002 des ybGd ul uonesueduioo jueJino Sul5ieu eAngroedeo p xi i ujBue eui jas Aquo pjnoo Le WODIW w jqold SleMmyos AGO uo peseg uononpoud o peseejeiJ spying iy JO M80 o Buipeu6dn papuswwossey x suoryeolldde jeuruue e ui inooo ueo HEL9S L Jaye JO Q ZA 1002 unr uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 1 181 u
201. l current waveform on each phase and blocking is on a per phase basis The overfluxing protection should be used in such applications to protect the transformer accordingly e CT ratio correction factor as mentioned in section 1 1 3 to match the transformer winding rated currents if needed Note The P544 and P546 relays do not include any of the above features except CT ratio mismatch compensation and as such would not be suitable for the protection of in zone transformer feeders 1 2 1 Enabling or Disabling Differential Protection for In Zone Power Transformer Differential protection with an in zone transformer can be enabled from the local control panel Enabling can be done separately for each setting group To enable the differential protection set the cell 3310 Compensation to Transformer under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading 1 2 2 Transformer Magnetizing Inrush P543 and P545 The magnetizing inrush current to a transformer appears as a large operating signal to the differential protection Special measures are taken with the relay design to ensure that no maloperation occurs during inrush Figure 7 shows a transformer magnetizing characteristic To minimize material costs weight and size transformers are generally operated near to the knee point of the magnetizing characteristic Consequently only a small increase in core flux above normal operating levels will result in a high magnetizing current P54x
202. l protection Accuracy Pick up Formula 10 Drop off 0 75 x Formula 10 IDMT characteristic shape 5 or 40 ms whichever is greater DT operation 2 or 20 ms whichever is greater Instantaneous Operation 30 ms Reset time 60 ms Repeatability 2 5 Characteristic UK curves IEC 60255 3 1998 US curves IEEE C37 112 1996 Vector compensation No affect on accuracy Current transformer ratio Compensation No affect on accuracy High set characteristic setting No affect on accuracy Two ended scheme operation No affect on accuracy Three ended scheme operation No affect on accuracy Distance protection All quoted operating times include the closure of the trip output contact The following tripping characteristics show Operating time Versus reach percentage for faults close to line angle 50 Hz operation P54x 50Hz SIR 5 0 50 70 80 90 P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 13 60 Hz operation P54x 60Hz SIR 5 0 50 70 80 90 Accuracy Characteristic shape up to SIR 30 5 for on angle fault the set line angle 10 off angle Example For a 70 degree set line angle injection testing at 40 degrees would be referred to as off angle Zone time delay deviations 20 ms or 2 whichever is greater Sensitivity Settings 5 In O 0 05 In 5 setting In 5 Settings gt 5 In 0 0 05 In 5 Out of step
203. l pue jne4 O UO UG o uondo du S OA ou nq uano e jo uonippy suonnio e ENC OU ui EqNG Bunsix au Buroe des opH yul s uluo eouejsip UUM 9rGd 9 SpSd Sd EyGd Jo eseejes S S DS OS OS gt s gt gt 9 gt gt _ ou olu Ay q yedwos L jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A Version History Firmware and Service Manual MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 yiqiyul z eBejs eDejo Je o O 54 00 ver Qv N3 XrSd p10991 3Jnej O uonoeJJ00 JOUIN REM PRE SE VV CA 40 uoyedi onsuejeJeu je1ejejupenb punou jo lSue yL 2 1002 inr M o 29 VLIW XrSd gzs uo peseq uonoejod eouejsip UJ 9pSd 9 SpSd vrSd rSd Jo eseejes LO VG Ol l sje e jueuno uBiH 40 seyeunyes YOIUM 1 D402 M eouequnisi eui uy ulejqoJd e peAjoses BuuojseJ ueuw jou sone LO 0 Bunga uejqoJd e peAjoses esoj eJojny Jo lqesip lqeu oj suono uoo af jenusseyip juauno yer QV N3 XvrSd pue eouejsip yjog ueuM Bunoejep Bums pej294102 1002 uono l p 1 MO wo s O sjueuieAoJduu SLA 0 Sjueuie oJduy o peppe J Gd uonoejyoJd uosueduujoo eseud yzg uo p seq uonoejod eouejsip UM 9pSd 9 SpSd vrSd Eygd Jo eseeje
204. led Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Opto input labels Opto Input 1 up to Opto Input 32 User defined text string to describe the function of the particular opto input Output labels Relay 1 up to Relay 32 User defined text string to describe the function of the particular relay output contact Measurements list Measurements 1 Ip Magnitude Ip Phase Angle P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 31 Per phase o A B C current measurements IN derived Mag IN derived Angle ISEF Mag ISEF Angle I1 Magnitude I2 Magnitude 10 Magnitude Ip RMS Per phase g A B C RMS current measurements IN RMS Vo o Magnitude Vo p Phase Angle Vo Magnitude Vo Phase Angle All phase phase and phase neutral voltages o A B C V1 Magnitude V2 Magnitude VO Magnitude Vo RMS Vo p RMS All phase phase and phase neutral voltages 9 A B C Frequency CB1 CS Volt Mag CB1 CS Volt Ang CB1 Bus Line Ang CB1 CS Slip Freq IM Magnitude IM Phase Angle 11 Magnitude 11 Phase Angle I2 Magnitude 12 Phase Angle 10 Magnitude 10 Ph
205. lement 974 Zone 3 CN ground fault element 975 Zone3 AB Element Distance Elements Zone 3 AB phase fault element 976 Zone 3 BC phase fault element 977 Zone 3 CA phase fault element 978 Zone P AN ground fault element 979 Zone P BN ground fault element 980 Zone P CN ground fault element 981 Zone P AB phase fault element 982 Zone P BC phase fault element 983 Zone P CA phase fault element 984 Zone 4 AN ground fault element 985 Zone 4 BN ground fault element 986 Zone 4 CN ground fault element 987 Zone 4 AB phase fault element 988 Zone4 BC Element Distance Elements Zone 4 BC phase fault element 989 Zone 4 CA phase fault element 996 DEF Forward Directional Earth Fault DEF forward directional earth fault aided scheme detector 997 DEF Reverse Directional Earth Fault DEF reverse directional earth fault aided scheme detector 998 Delta Dir FWD AN Delta Directional Element Delta directional scheme forward AN 999 Delta Dir FWD BN Delta Directional Element Delta directional scheme forward BN detection 1000 Delta Dir FWD CN Delta Directional Element Delta directional scheme forward CN detection 1001 Delta Dir FWD AB Delta Directional Element Delta directional scheme forward AB detection 1002 Delta Dir FWD BC Delta Directional Element Delta directional scheme forward detection 1003 Delta Dir FWD CA Delta Directional Element 0 scheme forward CA 1004 Delta Dir Rev AN Delta Directional Element Deta directional scheme reverse AN detectio
206. lt 710 711 712 713 736 714 to 735 SOTF Trip Zone 2 SOTF Trip Zone 3 SOTF Trip Zone 4 SOTF Trip Zone P Not used Any Start Trip on Close Trip on Close Trip on Close Trip on Close SOTF trip zone 2 SOTF trip zone 3 SOTF trip zone 4 SOTF trip zone P Any start 737 738 739 740 741 742 Differential Start Differential Start A Differential Start B Differential Start C Zone 1 A Start Zone 1 B Start C Diff C Diff C Diff C Diff Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Current differential start Current differential A phase start Current differential B phase start Current differential C phase start Zone 1 A phase start Zone 1 B phase start 743 744 745 Zone 1 C Start Zone 1 N Start Zone 2 A Start Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Zone 1 C phase start Zone 1 ground element start Zone 2 A phase start 746 747 748 Zone 2 B Start Zone 2 C Start Zone 2 N Start Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Zone 2 B phase start Zone 2 C phase start Zone 2 ground element start 749 750 751 Zone 3 A Start Zone 3 B Start Zone 3 C Start Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Distance Basic Scheme Zone 3 A phase start Zone 3 B phase start Zone 3 C phase start 752 753 754 755 756 757 Zone 3 N Start Zone P A Start Zone P B Start Zone P C Start Zone P N Start Zone 4 A Start
207. ltage Vres and the Residual Current c Relay Characteristic Angle RCA Setting ISEF gt Char Angle Vres Residual Voltage Ires Residual Current Vo Zero Sequence Voltage Io Zero Sequence Current 1 5 1 System Data This menu provides information for the device and general status of the relay Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size Language English The default language used by the device Selectable as English French German Spanish Password Ke Device default password Sys Fn Links 1 Setting to allow the fixed function trip LED to be self resetting set to 1 to extinguish the LED after a period of healthy restoration of load current Description MiCOM P54x 16 character relay description Can be edited Plant Reference MiCOM Associated plant description and can be edited Model Number P54 1 M 0K Relay model number This display cannot be altered Serial Number 123456J Relay model number This display cannot be altered Frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz Relay set frequency Settable either 50 or 60 Hz Comms Level 2 Displays the conformance of the relay to the Courier Level 2 comms Relay Address 1 255 1255 1 Sets the first rear port relay address Plant Status 0000000000000010 Displays the circuit breaker plant status Control Status 0000000000000000 Not used P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 48 MiCOM P543
208. mers in zone P543 and P545 models only e Set the amount of positive sequence current required for Differential current transformer supervision The column GROUP x PHASE DIFF is invisible if disabled in CONFIGURATION column Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size Mi Max Phase Diff Enabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the Differential protection function in the group Setting that defines the minimum pick up level of the relay Phase Is2 2 In 1In 0 05 In This setting defines the bias current threshold above which the higher percentage bias k2 is used Phase k1 3096 150 5 The lower percentage bias setting used when the bias current is below Is2 This provides stability for small CT mismatches whilst ensuring good sensitivity to resistive faults under heavy load conditions P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 44 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size 15076 2 end or dual Phase k2 redundant 100 3 end The higher percentage bias setting used to improve relay stability under heavy through fault current conditions DT IEC S Inverse IEC V Inverse IEC E inverse UK LT Inverse IEEE M Inverse IEEE V Inverse IEEE E Inverse US Inverse US ST Inverse Setting for the tripping characteristic for differential protection element Setting for the time delay for the defini
209. mmended for use with 1Amp CT s are as shown in the following table Relay voltage Nominal R setting characteristic Recommended Met c p Single pole relay Triple pole relay Up to 125 V rms 125 600 A S1 S256 600 600 A S3 1 S802 450 900 0 25 0 25 to 300 V rms A S1 S1088 600 A S3 1 S1195 Note Single pole Metrosil units are normally supplied without mounting brackets unless otherwise specified by the customer Metrosil units for relays with a 5 amp CT These Metrosil units have been designed to comply with the following requirements 9 Atthe relay voltage setting the Metrosil current should be less than 100 mA rms the actual maximum currents passed by the units shown below their type description 10 Atthe maximum secondary internal fault current the Metrosil unit should limit the voltage to 1500 V rms for 0 25 secs At the higher relay settings it is not possible to limit the fault voltage to 1500 V rms hence higher fault voltages have to be tolerated indicated by 11 The Metrosil units normally recommended for use with 5 Amp CTs and single pole relays are as shown in the following table Secondary internal fault current Recommended Metrosil type Relay voltage setting Amps rms Up to 200 V rms 250 V rms 275 V rms 300 V rms 600 A S1 S1213 600 A S1 81214 600 A S1 S1214 600 A S1 S1223 50A C 540 640 C 670 800 C 670 800 C 740 870 35 mA rms 40 mA rms 50 mA rms 50 mA rms 600 A S2 P
210. ms value of the sinusoidal voltage applied across the metrosil This is due to the fact that the current waveform through the metrosil is not sinusoidal but appreciably distorted For satisfactory application of a non linear resistor metrosil it s characteristic should be such that it complies with the following requirements 3 Atthe relay voltage setting the non linear resistor metrosil current should be as low as possible but no greater than approximately 30 mA rms for 1 A current transformers and approximately 100 mA rms for 5 A current transformers Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 85 4 Atthe maximum secondary current the non linear resistor metrosil should limit the voltage to 1500 V rms or 2120 V peak for 0 25 second At higher relay voltage settings it is not always possible to limit the fault voltage to 1500V rms so higher fault voltages may have to be tolerated The following tables show the typical Metrosil types that will be required depending on relay current rating REF voltage setting etc 5 Metrosil Units for Relays with a 1 Amp CT 6 The Metrosil units with 1 Amp CTs have been designed to comply with the following restrictions 7 Atthe relay voltage setting the Metrosil current should be less than 30 mA rms 8 Atthe maximum secondary internal fault current the Metrosil unit should limit the voltage to 1500 V rms if possible The Metrosil units normally reco
211. n 1005 Delta Dir Rev BN Delta Directional Element Delta directional scheme reverse BN detection 1006 Delta Dir Rev CN Delta Directional Element Delta directional scheme reverse CN detection 1007 Delta Dir Rev AB Delta Directional Element Deta directional scheme reverse AB detection Delta directional scheme reverse BC detection 1008 Delta Dir Rev BC Delta Directional Element P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 110 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 English text Delta Dir Rev CA Phase Select A Phase Select B Phase Select C Phase Select N Source Delta Directional Element Phase Selector Phase Selector Phase Selector Phase Selector Description Delta directional scheme reverse CA detection Phase selector phase A pickup Phase selector phase B pickup Phase selector phase C pickup Phase selector neutral indication 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 P Swing Detector PSB Fault Ih 2 Loc Bik A Ih 2 Loc Bik B Ih 2 Loc Bik C Ih 2 Loc BIk N Powerswing Blocking Powerswing Blocking Inrush Detector Inrush Detector Inrush Detector Inrush Detector Power swing detected Power swing block fault 2nd harmonic current ratio exceeds threshold on phase A may be used to block any instantaneous distance elements that reach through the reactance of a power transformer 2nd harmonic current ratio e
212. n i2 i1 ratio in local end CT1 exceed CTS p i2 i1 gt setting 938 CT2 L i2 i15 CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in local end CT2 exceed CTS i2 i1 gt setting 939 CT RA 2 4 CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in remote 1 end CT1 exceed CTS p i2 i1 gt setting 940 CT2 R1 i2 i1 gt CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in remote 1 end CT2 exceed CTS p i2 i1 gt setting 941 CT R2 i2 i1 gt CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in remote 2 end CT1 exceed CTS p i2 i1 gt setting 942 CT2 R2 i2 i1 gt CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in remote 2 end CT2 exceed CTS p i2 i1 gt setting 943 CT1 L i2 i1 gt gt CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in local end CT1 exceed CTS p i2 i1 gt gt setting 944 CT2 L i2 i155 CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in local end CT2 exceed CTS p i2 i1 setting 945 CT1 RA 2 4 CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in remote 1 end CT1 exceed CTS p i2 i1 gt gt setting 946 CT2 R1 i2 i1 gt gt CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in remote 1 end CT2 exceed CTS i2 i1 gt gt setting 947 CT1 R2 i2 i1 gt gt CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in remote 2 end CT1 exceed CTS p i2 i1 setting 948 CT2 R2 i2 i1 gt gt CT Supervision i2 i1 ratio in remote 2 end CT2 exceed CTS 12112 setting Faulted phase A must be assigned as this 952 Faulted Phase A PSL sets the start flag used in records and on the LCD display Faulted phase B must be assigned as this 953 Faulted Phase B PSL sets the start flag used in records and on the LCD display Faulted phase C must be assigned as t
213. n port e High speed high break HB contacts The P54x supports the following relay management functions in addition to the functions illustrated above e Measurement of all instantaneous amp integrated values e Circuit breaker control status amp condition monitoring e Trip circuit and coil supervision e Programmable hotkeys 2 Control inputs e Programmable allocation of digital inputs and outputs e Fully customizable menu texts Power up diagnostics and continuous self monitoring of relay P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 10 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Application overview EA E comm BE e 9 ee 4 9 9 4 de o d Neutral current g v E from parallel ine if present 1 2nd Optic n i i mim ae g g 2 optional P544 8 Current Differential model specific STE Relay P54x P4163ENa Figure 1 Functional diagram 3 2 Ordering Options nformation required with order P54x Current differential protection P54 K Current Differential for single breaker 60TE 12 3 Current Differential for dual breaker 60TE 12 4 Current Differential for single breaker 80TE 12 5 Current Differential for dual breaker 80TE
214. n ueuM Ajiqneduioo pSd GpGd 0 uonoeuoo pesn indui VS uaym sBumes 1ueJinoJeAo eouenbes AHEB N 0j 401 00 s ejes q37 p249 Aem au o uonoeuo2 CN BIA jueuieJnseeui age 6 pe qesip s UOUESIUOIUOUA S Sd9 u ueuw 3Iqtuu jenue1ejjiq 3ueun out o suolo uoO Bumes euun e20 eut 10 pejsnfpe yne ul duiejseuur L 104d IM Dunes ei p lqesip eq ueo u os 5011 Lpaply IM Ile JexeeJg suonelsuen nueuJ p9j29J402 OZG uo p seq uonoejoJd eouejsip UM 9pSd 9 SpSd vrSd rSd Jo eseejes gt gt Neo sw e Ss es gt 6002 1des _ j ou olen Ay q yedwos L Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 174 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 ver Qv N3 XrSd Uunpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd ver Qv N3 XrSd unpueppe YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL oipnis JO S1Id VV CA 10 UNed oipnis Jo eseoja1 S1Id FL CA 10 uoleci sexy ng 1 jeuJau 3 Je o Edup WO Sai Dunes pejueAaJd uoiuw ue qoud e pax SING Z y Buikejdsip au Buneijedo go 1X ueuuec pue YOUSI4 eulos pa129J102
215. ne UTC or Local Configuration Setting Group Active Settings Setting Group 1 Setting Group 2 Setting Group 3 Setting Group 4 Distance Directional E F Phase Diff Overcurrent Neg Sequence O C Broken Conductor Select via Menu Select via Opto Group 1 2 3 4 Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 18 Earth Fault SEF REF Prot n Residual O V NVD Thermal Overload Power Swing Block Volt Protection Freq Protection df dt Protection CB Fail Supervision System Checks Auto Reclose Input Labels Output Labels CT amp VT Ratios Record Control Disturb Recorder Measure t Setup Comms Settings Commission Tests Setting Values Control Inputs Ctrl UP Config Ctrl I P Labels Direct Access InterMiCOM Fiber Function Key LCD Contrast CT and VT ratios Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Invisible Visible Invisible Visible Invisible Visible Invisible Visible Invisible Visible Invisible Visible Invisible Visible Invisible Visible Primary Secondary Invisible Visible Invisible Visible Invisible Visible Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Invisible Vi
216. nel2 refer to the communications channels and are associated with configuring the communications ports fitted to the co processor board Each setting below that refers to Channel 2 is associated with the communications setting of the second communications channel where fitted and is visible only when 3 Terminal or Dual redundant teleprotection configuration is set Note InterMiCOM provides 2 groups of 8 InterMiCOM commands These are referenced as Channel 1 and Channel 2 They have a subtly different meaning and should not be confused with communications channels 1 and 2 InterMiCOM input and output mapping has to be done in the Programmable Scheme Logic PSL Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size PROT COMMS IM64 Scheme Setup 2 Terminal Dual Redundant or 3 Terminal Settings to determine how many relay ends are connected in the differential zone or how many relays are connected to the teleprotection scheme for the protected line with two or three ends possible For a plain two terminal line there is an additional option to use dual communication channels to implement redundancy i e employ a parallel hot standby path Address 0 0 1 A 20 A 1 B 20 B Setting for the unique relay address that is encoded in the Differential message and in the InterMiCOM sent message The aim of setting the address is to establish pairs of relays which will only communicate with each other Should an inadvert
217. nh cell is included for each of the two stages to block the undervoltage protection from operating for this condition If the cell is enabled the relevant stage will become inhibited by the inbuilt pole dead logic within the relay This logic produces an output when it detects either an open circuit breaker via auxiliary contacts feeding the relay opto inputs or it detects a combination of both undercurrent and undervoltage on any one phase The IDMT characteristic available on the first stage is defined by the following formula t K 1 M Where K Time multiplier setting t Operating time in seconds M Measured voltage relay setting voltage V Voltage Set The logic diagram for the first stage undervoltage function is shown in Figure 67 P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 60 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 V 1 amp V gt 2 Ph Ph SET V gt 1 amp V gt 2 Ph N V Measurement Mode V gt 1Ph Ph V gt 2Ph N V gt 1Ph N V gt 2Ph Ph DDB V gt 1 A AB START 797 or DDB V gt 2 A AB START 801 i fi oY V Voltage Set J DDB V gt 1 A AB TRIP 692 or DDB V gt 2 A AB TRIP 696 DDB V gt 1 B BC START 798 or DDB V gt 2 B BC START 802 Voltage Set mu DDB V gt 1 B BC TRIP 693 or DDB V gt 2 B BC TRIP 697
218. nnel 1 send internal send signal generated in signal send logic When using a custom programmable aided scheme 1 the user is able to include a 499 Aid1 Custom T In PSL current reversal guard timer Energizing this DDB will additionally start this timer from PSL When using customized aided scheme 1 this signal is used to indicate any additional condition that should be treated as 500 Aid1 CustomT Out Aided Scheme Logic permission for an aided trip for example a permissive signal received could be connected or a blocking signal could be inverted and then connected Aided scheme 1 trip enable this is a permissive signal used to accelerate zone 2 501 Aid1 Trip Enable Aided Scheme Logio A blocking signal which has been inverted It is a signal output part way through the internal fixed logic of aided schemes 502 Aid1 Custom Trip PSL Aid1 custom trip enable 503 Aid 1 Dist Trip Aided Scheme Logic Aided scheme 1 distance trip command output from aided tripping logic 1 Aided Scheme 1 Delta Directional Trip 304 Ai Beta TAP Aged Scheme Logie command output from Aided tripping logic 505 Aid 1 DEF Trip Aided Scheme Logic Aided scheme T DEF trip command output from aided tripping logic Aided 2 channel out of service signal COS or loss of guard signal LGS in distance 506 Aided 2 COS LGS PSL unblocking schemes This signal is normally driven from an opto input on conventional channels or from InterMiCOM 507 Aided2 S
219. npowaq suondo xeeJq yH L 8 0S819 Dal yog uo p seq uonoejoud eoueisip YIM gpGd 9 GpGd vrSd rSd Jo eseejes Ay iqnedujoo spsemyoeg gt II S uonoejoud abeyo V9INOO INJ9lU s y uonounj pue 31 p io o2 u uy eoegejur Joen eja1 eui CV ZA 40 U9jeg lu S12 JO 8s uoee 104 Dumes 19 pue puepuejs uonejoJ eseud qov pue oggy Hoddns sj pow v suoneoidde Jepeoj JeuuoJsueJ euoz ui MOU pue 4 sjopow IIE ui jenueJeyjip jueuno Jo uoneziuoJuou S Sq lt Z 1ueunoJe o eouenbes AneB u euono uip euin eAniuJeq Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 9002 ny 900c Inf 9002 Aew nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH LS 002 OS tT of UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 167 YAfIN NA XrSd uonejueuinoop Ie91uu5 pe qesip s y ueuw ue e ejejedo UBD 41O0S 29 79 ojqnd Jo suieJ amp ojo 1 Jequunu j pow Jo uonisod up eu uo xoeuo parowy SeAJno BY jo uoneJedo y 1981109 OU S x9euo eui Jo uonejedo y 1981109 JO ZA aly AI ue jo peojuwop eui YIM ZVZA JO uoieg ule qoud e pue Buibesseu 4SOO Ay JO uoneJedo y 12841002 yoeq Bui duies y Aq
220. nroedeo p xi i soDueuo Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay gt pJeoq 10sseooJd oo Meu e UII Z eseud uo suni Aluo UOHEP EA JO esegjeJ jeuJeju 1002 Inf nss jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH E 3002 01 UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 136 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 uonejueuinoop jes uyooL p nss Jou ALOZA uononpoJd ul 9JeAjJOS O JUe 9 8J AOQE au JO UON SON suone sueu euonippe ay urejuoo jou Soll x nuejN x 01 S 028092 41 Ul ne JO snjejs y ur d AJLO 94 p9 99110O 0 114 smeis Sngaow eui 1 epoo uonoun SNAAON 40 uoddns pappy 2 dn amod uo Dey 5 5 Jeunoo v 8s MOU sp1ooaJ eouegunjsip pejyoedxeuf gt gt gt Bunea OU 5 2 Jeujo BY uo eunjiej suutuo5 e pue euo uo ujed lilds e o uojMs e q D AMO O ang 40 UM Seuieuos juepunpaij ui esuodsai Pauloau BY Pax 4 A 109 Aq pesneo Bulag d jo uorne nojeo 109 240156000 y pextJ gt pue euo je 9joKo Jewod e Aq ujed yds e uo Buruuni pue jueseJd Sd jeuruue eeJuj ui esuodsai 102 2 eu Pex 9794 9 StSd 104 154 SU Jo1uoo Je JO suonejsueJ peppy EB
221. nser 0 8 x InsEF 0 001 x Inser ISEF gt 3 Delay 1 los 200 s 0 01 s Setting for the operating time delay for third stage sensitive earth fault element ISEF gt 4 Cells as for ISEF gt 3 Above ISEF gt Func Link Bit 0 VTS Biks ISEF gt 1 Bit 1 VTS Blks ISEF gt 2 Bit 2 VTS Blks ISEF gt 3 Bit 3 VTS Blks ISEF gt 4 Bit 4 A R Blks ISEF gt 3 Bit 5 A R Blks ISEF gt 4 Bit 6 Not Used Bit 7 Not Used 001111 Settings that determine vv sensitive earth fault stage ISEF DIRECTIONAL ISEF gt Char Angle Setting for the relay characteristic angle used for the directional decision hether VT supervision and auto reclose logic signals blocks selected S H pe F Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 47 Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size ISEF gt VNpol Set 0 5 V Setting for the minimum zero sequence voltage polarizing quantity required for directional decision IREF gt Is 0 2 Inset 0 05 Inser 0 01 Inser Pick up setting for the High Impedance restricted earth fault element WATTMETRIC SEF Sub heading in menu PN Setting 9 Inser W 0 20 Inser W 0 05 Inser W Setting for the threshold for the wattmetric component of zero sequence power The power calculation is as follows The PN gt setting corresponds to Vres x Ires x Cos 6 c 9 x Vo x Io x Cos c Where Angle between the Polarizing Vo
222. nt to the traditional hardwired logic and communication schemes used by protection relays for such teleprotection signaling The MiCOM Px4x series products have a grouping of internal digital signals known as the digital data bus DDB that are used to implement the protection scheme logic A number of these DDB signals are reserved as inputs and outputs for the InterMiCOM application These are mapped using the programmable scheme logic PSL support tool The InterMiCOM application provides a means of transferring the status of these mapped DDB signals between the protection relays using dedicated full duplex communications channels 2 2 2 InterMiCOM Variants There are 2 different types of integrated InterMiCOM teleprotection available in the MiCOM P54x relays An optical fiber implementation InterMiCOM designed primarily to work over fiber optic and multiplexed digital communications channels with data rates of 56 64 kbit s A total of sixteen InterMiCOM commands 16 inputs and 16 outputs are available in the P54x These are arranged as two groups of 8 bits each and are referred to as Channel 1 and Channel 2 Three InterMiCOM scheme arrangements are possible e Two terminal with a single communications link e Two terminal with a dual redundant communications link sometimes referred to as hot standby e Three terminal or triangulated scheme e An electrical implementation of InterMiCOM realised over an EIA RS 2
223. nterMiCOM EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM or Copper InterMiCOM Communications Media MODEM InterMiCOM is capable of transferring up to eight commands over one communication channel Due to recent expansions in communication networks most signaling channels are now digital schemes utilizing multiplexed communications links and for this reason MODEM InterMiCOM provides a standard EIA RS 232 output using digital signaling techniques This digital signal can then be converted using suitable devices to a range of different communications media as required The EIA RS 232 output may alternatively be connected to MODEMs for use over analogue links Regardless of whether analogue or digital systems are being used all the requirements of teleprotection commands are described by an international standard IEC60834 1 1999 and MODEM InterMiCOM is compliant with the essential requirements of this standard This standard describes the speed requirements of the commands as well as the security defined in terms of probability of unwanted commands being received and dependability defined in terms of the probability of missing commands General Features and Implementation InterMiCOM provides eight commands over a single communications link with the mode of operation of each command being individually selectable within the IM Cmd Type cell Blocking mode provides the fastest signaling speed available on commands 1 4 Direct Intertrip mode provides the most se
224. ntrol of CB2 to allow the Independent Follower time to start see description for DDB CB2 Indep Init A or CB2 Indep Init B or CB2 Indep Init C P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input This input DDB is used when required to reset any CB2 Successful Autoreclose signal P544 and P546 only 1418 1419 Ext Rst CB2Shots Rst CB2 CloseDly DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input This input DDB is used when required to reset the CB2 cumulative Shots counters P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL Reset Manual CB2 Close Timer Delay stop amp reset Manual Close Delay time for closing CB2 P544 and P546 only 1420 1421 Inhibit AR Block CB2 AR DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input External signal to inhibit autoreclose P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input External signal to force CB2 autoreclose to lockout P544 and P546 only 1422 1423 1424 Rst CB2 Lockout MCB VTS CS2 Inhibit LB2 NENNEN PSL PSL PSL PSL PSL PSL PSL DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input Reset Lockout Opto Input to reset CB2 Lockout state P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto input Bus2 VT secondary MCB tripped or VT fail detected by external VTS scheme or signal from host relay VTS scheme P544 and P546 only DDB mapped in PSL from opto input external signal to inhibit Live Bus 2 function P544
225. of inrush current Typical waveforms peak values are of the order of 8 10x rated current A worst case estimation of inrush could me made by dividing the transformer full load current by the per unit leakage reactance quoted by the transformer manufacturer Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 83 2 8 4 Restricted Earth Fault Protection Earth faults occurring on a transformer winding or terminal may be of limited magnitude either due to the impedance present in the earth path or by the percentage of transformer winding that is involved in the fault It is common to apply standby earth fault protection fed from a single CT in the transformer earth connection this provides time delayed protection for a transformer winding or terminal fault In general particularly as the size of the transformer increases it becomes unacceptable to rely on time delayed protection to clear winding or terminal faults as this would lead to an increased amount of damage to the transformer A common requirement is therefore to provide instantaneous phase and earth fault protection Applying differential protection across the transformer may fulfill these requirements However an earth fault occurring on the LV winding particularly if it is of a limited level may not be detected by the differential relay as it is only measuring the corresponding HV current Therefore instantaneous protection that is restricted to operating
226. omparing to Permissive mode Set Direct in Direct Transfer Tripping Intertripping applications Set Permissive to accommodate any Permissive or Blocking scheme IM1 FallBackMode Default Default or Latching Setting that defines the status of IM1 signal in case of heavy noise and message synchronization being lost If set to Latching the last valid IM1 status will be maintained until the new valid message is received If set to Default the IM1 status pre defined by the user in IM1 Default Value cell will be set A new valid message will replace IM1 Default Value once the channel recovers Setting that defines the IM1 fallback status IM2 to IM8 Cells as for IM1 above Note IM1 IM8 settings in the table above are applied the same to the 8 InterMiCOM commands grouped as Channel 1 as to the 8 InterMiCOM commands grouped as Channel 2 If IM1 Default Value is set to 0 then IM1 Channel 1 and IM1 Channel 2 will both default to O 1 4 4 Phase Differential The column GROUP x PHASE DIFF is used to e Select the settings of the phase differential characteristic e Define CT correction factors e Define type of compensation Capacitive Charging current or phase shift compensation If charging current is selected to set the value of susceptance and if phase shift is chosen to set the value of vector compensation P543 and P545 models only e Enable or Disable inrush restrain in the case of transfor
227. on of Default 1 blocking received substitute would generally apply as the failsafe assignment for blocking schemes If Direct Intertrip mode is selected the whole message structure must be valid and checked to provide the signal which means that in a very noisy environment the chances of receiving a valid message are quite small In this case it is recommended that the IM Fallback Mode is set to Default with a minimum IM FrameSyncTim setting i e whenever a non valid message is received InterMiCOM will use the set default value A typical default selection of Default 0 intertrip NOT received substitute would generally apply as the failsafe assignment for intertripping schemes If Permissive mode is selected the chances of receiving a valid message is between that of the Blocking and Direct Intertrip modes In this case it is possible that the IM Fallback Mode is set to Latched The table below highlights the recommended IM FrameSyncTim settings for the different signaling modes and baud rates Baud rate Minimum recommended Minimum setting Maximum setting IM SE Setting ms ms mode 600 1500 1200 1500 2400 1500 4800 1500 P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 88 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Baud rate Minimum recommended Minimum setting Maximum setting IM FrameSyncTim Setting ms ms 9600 10 20 10 1500 19200 10 10 10 1500 Note No recommended setting is given
228. onpoud o eseejes uonejueuin2op 2 Ie591uu5 1 Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 600 AON 9002 dv nss Jo jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH 002 0c 120 ou olen UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 154 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 CPOUL N3 XvSd CV LL N3 XvSd uonejueuinoop jes uyoo L oddns lu oDenBue ON 10 60 ZA 1 ye7 10 60 ZA A l qneduro Vs jeuueuo Sulleubis y uo esiou s l q ueuM 21 SI e 8J euo U UM 9rSd SrSd Jo 401ABU Q Palloau pejue aJg epeuuJ uonoeuuoo ou u uA sunou 02 Ajeyeuurxoudde saye puedo oa pejueAaSJd pe19eJ109 OLAA pU ZAA JO suonesueduioo dnos Joan s oeJi luil y WO4 sseooe JO sBures Jeunoo uouuoo o fumes pue euin juo SNIAON Jo uonippy O EdNC pue EOLS Jeunoo 104 OUAS euin oj 5109 99600xr JejsibeJ prie ul pe oJduui ou s euin SNIAOIN Jo Ade naay Ot Ld UMA dn eui o erp euin ebuei pueyx3 Aowew WONd433 Jo pe lsul NOsd33 HSV 14 U paJojs eq ileus s um s Aejoy ETrci UHA ul ul YA 0 suueje sasn 9 sindul jouuoo sjeu is ppV tvd ui eui ul sjeuBIs 38009 eureues 992UeJ sIp u9jeuu 104290 DEL ur ejBue jenpiseJ soDueuo
229. op off 0 9 setting 5 VN Drop off 1 05 x setting 5 or 1 V whichever is greater Time delay operation Setting 2 or 20 ms whichever is greater CTS block operation lt 1 cycle CTS reset 35 ms Differential CTS Accuracy I1 Pick up Setting 596 11 Drop off 0 9 x setting 596 12 11 gt Pick up Setting 5 12 11 gt Drop off 0 9 x setting 5 12 11 gt gt Pick up Setting 5 12 11 gt gt Drop off 0 9 x setting 5 Time delay operation P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 15 Setting 296 or 20 ms whichever is greater CTS block operation 1 cycle CTS block diff operation 1 cycle CTS reset 35 ms CB state monitoring and condition monitoring Accuracy Timers 20 ms or 2 whichever is greater Broken current accuracy 5 Programmable scheme logic Accuracy Output conditioner timer Setting 20 ms or 2 whichever is greater Dwell conditioner timer Setting 20 ms or 2 whichever is greater Pulse conditioner timer Setting 20 ms or 2 whichever is greater Auto reclose and check synchronism Accuracy Timers Setting 20 ms or 2 whichever is greater Measurements and recording facilities Accuracy Typically 1 but 0 5 between 0 2 2In Vn Current 0 05 to 3 In Accuracy 1 0 of reading Voltage 0 05 to 2 Vn Accuracy 1 0 of reading Power W 0 2 to 2 Vn and 0 05 to 3 In Accuracy 5 0 of reading at unity power factor Reactive power Vars 0 2 to 2 Vn to 3 In Ac
230. ped in PSL so CB1 AR initiation is permitted P544 and P546 only 1667 Ih 5 Loc BIk B 1616 PSL Int 101 PSL PSL internal node 1665 PSL Int 150 PSL PSL internal node 1666 Ih 5 Loc Blk A SW 5th harmonic current ratio exceeds threshold on phase A 5th harmonic current ratio exceeds threshold on phase B 1668 Ih 5 Loc Bik C 1669 Ih 5 Rem Blk A 1670 Ih 5 Rem Bik B SW 5th harmonic current ratio exceeds threshold on phase C Indication that remote end phase A is blocked by 5th harmonic Indication that remote end phase B is blocked by 5th harmonic 1671 Ih 5 Rem Bik C 1672 to 1695 Not used 1696 IEC Usr 01 Open PSL IEC 61850 User Dual Point Status 1 Open 1697 IEC Usr 01 Close PSL IEC 61850 User Dual Point Status 1 Close 1710 IEC Usr 08 Open PSL IEC 61850 User Dual Point Status 8 Open 1711 IEC Usr 08 Close PSL IEC 61850 User Dual Point Status 8 Close Indication that remote end phase C is blocked by 5th harmonic 1712 to 1727 Not Used 1728 Quality VIP 1 1759 Quality VIP 32 1760 PubPres VIP 1 1791 PubPres VIP 32 GOOSE virtual input 1 provides the Quality attributes of any data object in an incoming GOOSE message GOOSE virtual input 32 provides the Quality attributes of any data object in an incoming GOOSE message GOOSE virtual input 1 indicates if the GOOSE publisher responsible for publishing the data that derives a virtual input is present GOOSE virtual input 32
231. pjnoo LS WODIW q 18UuA uie qoud peBueuo 4240 0240 Sil 40 weu 440 saa 1eses peppe seoueJ9JaJ Sd jeuonoun Jou pappe Bunjes xoeqdoo jeujeju uonejueuin2op 2 Ie591uu5 1 Is jo uonduosoeg m xpSd adh Aejay 1002 40 1002 q z nss jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH 3002 01 UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 134 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 uonejueuinoop jes uyooL p nss jou QLO ZA VOL Jed sy uononpoJd ul 9JeAjJOS O JU amp 9 8J ale e oqe au Jo UON SON pessaid y peas usym Keja1 eu Gum s l wieje s BuiBueuo pides Aq pesneo wajqoid peAjoses gt gaa dui lod e e240J peAoules eouejsip yoolq o sieubis 440 peppy MV saeu du JO uoluM 32ejes o MV S Eygel 0 Dunes e peppy jJnejep 1Sd p 59 uoo gt s gt je 9 o sjeuim 1Sel Jo Jequinu peseeJou SZ 0 19uun POW Jeuo Jo enjeA xew p 65ueuo yalyu UD O 0 Jo H doup S e pappy seuJeuos pepue e ui sjueueJnseeui jo SSO A x pJeoq 10sseo2oJd oo Meu e UII 9JewpJeu Z eseud uo suni Aluo UOHEP EA 10 eseg eJ jeuJaju uononpoud ui SJEMYOS O ale AOQE U JO UON 9JON Duueuu odo poys se ujed suiuoo UBUM x BuiKe dsip u
232. ption Excessive fault frequency lockout alarm 1113 CB2 I Maint CB2 Monitoring 1114 CB2 I Lockout CB2 Monitoring Broken current maintenance alarm circuit breaker cumulative duty alarm set point CB2 P544 and P546 only Broken current lockout alarm circuit breaker cumulative duty has been exceeded CB2 P544 and P546 only 1115 No CB2 OPs Maint CB2 Monitoring 1116 No CB2 OPs Lock CB2 Monitoring No of circuit breaker operations maintenance alarm indicated due to circuit breaker trip operations threshold CB2 P544 and P546 only No of circuit breaker operations maintenance lockout excessive number of circuit breaker trip operations safety lockout CB2 P544 and P546 only 1117 CB2 Time Maint CB2 Monitoring Excessive circuit breaker operating time maintenance alarm excessive operation time alarm for the circuit breaker slow interruption time CB2 P544 and P546 only P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 112 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 configuration self healing indication DDB no English text Source Description Excessive circuit breaker operating time lockout alarm excessive operation time 1118 CB2 Time Lockout CB2 Monitoring alarm for the circuit breaker too slow interruption CB2 P544 and P546 only Excessive fault frequency lockout alarm 1119 CB2FaultFreqLock CB2 Monitoring CB2 P544 and P546 only 1120 SignalFail Ch1Rx C D
233. r 0 Auto Reclose Seq Counter 1 Auto Reclose Seq Counter 2 Auto Reclose Single pole auto reclose in progress dead time is running Auto reclose sequence counter is at zero no previous faults have been cleared within recent history The sequence count is at zero because no reclaim times are timing out and the auto recloser is not locked out The recloser is awaiting the first protection trip and all programmed cycles are free to follow The first fault trip has happened in a new auto reclose sequence Dead time 1 or reclaim time 1 are in the process of timing out Auto reclose sequence counter is at 2 This means that the initial fault trip happened and then another trip followed moving the counter on to 2 Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 105 DDB no English text Source Description Auto reclose sequence counter is at 3 This v N means that the initial fault trip happened 849 Seq Counter 3 Auto Reclose and then 2 trips followed moving the counter on to 3 Auto reclose sequence counter is at4 This means that the initial fault trip happened 850 Seq Counter 4 Auto Reclose and then 3 trips followed moving the counter on to 4 852 Successful Close CB1 Auto Reclose Successful re closure indication The circuit breaker was re closed by the AR function and stayed closed This indication is raised at the expiry of the reclaim time 3 pole Auto
234. r of different messages change events since last counter reset Rx Errored Count 0 Displays the number of invalid received messages since last counter reset Lost Messages 0 Displays the difference between the number of messages that were supposed to be received based on set Baud Rate and actual valid received messages since last reset P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 38 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size Elapsed Time Displays the time in seconds since last counter reset Reset Statistics No Yes or No Command that allows all Statistics and Channel Diagnostics to be reset Ch Diagnostics Invisible or Visible Setting that makes visible or invisible Channel Diagnostics on the LCD The diagnostic is reset by either relay s powering down or using the Reset Statistics cell DATA CD Status OK FAIL or Absent Indicates when the DCD line pin 1 on EIA232 Connector is energized OK DCD is energized FAIL DCD is de energized Absent Second Rear port board is not fitted FrameSync Status OK FAIL Absent or Unavailable Indicates when the message structure and synchronization is valid OK Valid message structure and synchronization FAIL Synchronization has been lost Absent Second Rear port board is not fitted Unavailable Hardware error present Message Status OK FAIL Absent or Unavailable Indicates w
235. rMiCOM Statistics and Diagnostics MODEM InterMiCOM channel statistics and diagnostics are available via the menu software These can be hidden according to preference by setting the Ch Statistics and or Ch Diagnostics cells to Invisible All channel statistics are reset when the relay is powered up or by user selection by means of the Reset Statistics cell 3 8 Read Only Mode With IEC 61850 and Ethernet Internet communication capabilities security has become a pressing issue The Px40 relay provides a facility to allow the user to enable or disable the change in configuration remotely This feature is available only in relays with Courier Courier with IEC 60870 5 103 and Courier with IEC 61850 protocol options It has to be noted that in IEC 60870 5 103 protocol Read Only Mode function is different from the existing Command block feature P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 76 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 3 8 1 Protocol port Implementation 3 8 1 1 IEC 60870 5 103 Protocol on Rear Port 1 The protocol does not support settings but the indications measurands and disturbance records commands are available at the interface Allowed Poll Class 1 read spontaneous events Poll Class 2 read measurands GI sequence ASDU7 Start GI Poll Class 1 Transmission of Disturbance Records sequence ASDU24 ASDU25 Poll Class 1 Time Synchronization ASDU6 General Commands ASDU20 namely INF23 activate chara
236. rSd Jo eseejes sexy Ong SINS6Z r Sul eldsip out Bunejedo go uonipuoo yne o uo y9 ms uoreJedo o qc y uo peseg uononpoud oj peseejaJ JON 9 vrySd u uonosjoJg re4 go iqgiuu p xlq 10118 J0sseooUd oo pe oJdu sulejqoud 09819 jo Jequinu e Dol qzy uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip JnoullA 9794 9 StSd vrSd rSd Jo eseejes X9 ueuuec gaad awos Doten wueje doud xew y pexi4 qiyu z eBejs eBejoA O 84 pJ0991 UEL o U01 99 109 JOUIN sule qoud sooo 0S8 9 Jo e azp uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip JnoullA 9794 9 SYSd vrSd rSd Jo eseejes LO VG Ol l Se jueJno uBiH 40 YOIUM 19pJ008s eouequnisid eui uy ulejqoJd e peAjoses ynejep BuuojseJ uoym Bulag jou sone LO 0 Bunga uejqoJud e perjosey esoj euojny Jo ejqesip e qeue oj suonoeJo 1 SIAO Sjueue oldu 2 Vc y uo peseq uoroejoJd eouejsip 3nouyM 9794 GrSd rrSd rSd Jo eseejes soDueuo Jo uonduosoeg m xpSd adh Aejay 800c 120 8002 Aew 2002 eq 1002 Ainr nss ojep jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH ev ev 9 i l l 1012 UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 161 ver Qv N3 XrSd unpueppe YAfIN
237. rcuit breaker monitoring statistics CB Operations CB q Operations Circuit breaker operation counters on a per phase basis g A B C Total Ip Broken Cumulative breaker interruption duty on a per phase basis o A B C CB Operate Time For a second circuit breaker P544 and P546 only CB2 Operations CB2 o Operations Circuit breaker operation counters on a per phase basis g A B C Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 2 Io Broken Cumulative breaker interruption duty on a per phase basis o A B C CB 2Operate Time Fault record proforma The follovving data is recorded for any relevant elements that operated during a fault and can be vievved in each fault record Time amp Date Model Number Address Event Type Fault record Event Value Faulted Phase Binary data strings for fast polling of vvhich phase elements started or tripped for the fault recorded Start Elements Trip Elements Binary data strings for fast polling of vvhich protection elements started or tripped for the fault recorded Fault Alarms Binary data strings for fast polling of alarms for the fault recorded Fault Time Active Group 1 2 3 4 System Frequency Hz Fault Duration s CB Operate Time s Relay Trip Time s Fault Location km miles Q oPre Fit Ip Angle Pre Fit Per phase record of the current magnitudes and phase angles stored before the fault inception IN Prefault Mag IN Pr
238. relay in test mode For IEC 870 5 103 protocol only used for Command Blocking relay ignores SCADA commands For IEC 870 5 103 protocol only used for Monitor Blocking relay is quiet issues no messages via SCADA port 463 Inhibit stage 1 overcurrent protection 464 Inhibit stage 2 overcurrent protection 465 Inhibit stage 3 overcurrent protection 466 Inhibit stage 4 overcurrent protection 467 Inhibit IN 1 PSL Inhibit stage 1 earth fault protection 468 Inhibit IN gt 2 PSL Inhibit stage 2 earth fault protection 469 PSL Inhibit stage 3 earth fault protection 470 PSL Inhibit stage 4 earth fault protection 471 PSL Inhibit stage 1 undervoltage protection 472 PSL Inhibit stage 2 undervoltage protection 473 Inhibit V gt 1 PSL Inhibit stage 1 overvoltage protection 474 PSL Inhibit stage 2 overvoltage protection 475 PSL residual overvoltage 476 Inhibit VN 2 PSL Inhibit stage 2 residual overvoltage protection 477 Not used 478 Inhibit Thermal 479 Inhibit CB Status 480 Inhibit CB Fail 481 Inhibit OpenLine P U o r U o eir Inhibit thermal overload protection Inhibit circuit breaker state monitoring no alarm for defective stuck auxiliary contact Inhibit circuit breaker fail protection Broken conductor protection Inhibit VT supervision including turn OF 482 Inhibit VTS PSL MCB s via PSL 483 Inhibit CTS PSL 4 27 differential and 484 PSL Inhibit checksync 4
239. relay will immediately revert to the default value until a new valid message is received For indirect connections the settings that can be applied will become more application and communication media dependent As for the direct connections consider only the fastest baud rate but this will usually increase the cost of the necessary modem multiplexer In addition devices operating at these high baud rates may suffer from data jams during periods of interference and in the event of communication interruptions may require longer re synchronization periods Both of these factors will reduce the effective communication speed thereby leading to a recommended baud rate setting of 9 6 kbit s As the baud rate decreases the communications will become more robust with fewer interruptions but the overall signaling times will increase Since it is likely that slower baud rates will be selected the choice of signaling mode becomes significant However once the signaling mode has been chosen it is necessary to consider what should happen during periods of noise when message structure and content can be lost If Blocking mode is selected only a small amount of the total message is actually used to provide the signal which means that in a noisy environment there is still a good likelihood of receiving a valid message In this case it is recommended that the IM Fallback Mode is set to Default with a reasonably long IM FrameSyncTim A typical default selecti
240. rgized 80 IM Input 1 InterMiCOM InterMiCOM Input 1 is driven bya message from the remote line end 87 IM Input 8 InterMiCOM InterMiCOM Input 8 is driven bya message from the remote line end 88 IM Output 1 InterMiCOM InterMiCOM Output 1 mapping what will be sent to the remote line end 95 IM Output 8 InterMiCOM InterMiCOM Output 8 mapping what will be sent to the remote line end 96 IM64 Ch1 Input 1 IM64 IM64 Ch1 input 1 is driven by a message from the remote line end 103 IM64 Ch1 Input 8 IM64 IM64 Ch1 input 8 is driven by a message from the remote line end 404 M64 Ch2 Input 1 IM64 IM64 Ch2 input T is driven by a message from the remote line end 111 M64 Ch2 Input 8 IM64 IM64 Ch2 input 8 is driven by a message from the remote line end 112 IM64 Ch1 Output 1 PSL IM64 Ch1 output 1 mapping what will be sent to the remote line end 119 IM64 Ch1 Output 8 PSL IM64 Ch1 output 8 mapping what will be sent to the remote line end Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 89 DDB no English text Source Description 120 IM64 Ch2 Output 1 PSL IM64 Ch2 output 1 mapping what will be sent to the remote line end 127 IM64 Ch2 Output 8 PSL IM64 Ch2 output 8 mapping what will be sent to the remote line end 128 Relay Cond 1 PSL Input to relay 1 output conditioner 159 Relay Cond 32 PSL Input to relay 32 output conditioner 176 Auxiliary Timer Output from auxiliar
241. riate phase block to block local and remote ends Users can choose to apply Cross blocking or independent blocking by choosing the appropriate setting at cell 3321 Ih 2 CrossBlock under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading If Ih 2 CrossBlock is set to Disabled then independent blocking is used If independent blocking is enabled only the affected phase is blocked at all ends If cross blocking is enabled all phases are blocked at all ends 2 1 4 4 Fifth Harmonic Blocking P543 and P545 The fifth Harmonic blocking feature is available for possible use to prevent unwanted operation of the low set differential element under transient overfluxing conditions When overfluxing occurs the transformer core becomes partially saturated and the resultant magnetizing current waveforms increase in magnitude and become harmonically distorted Such waveforms have a significant fifth harmonic content which can be extracted and used as a means of identifying the abnormal operating condition The fifth harmonic blocking threshold is adjustable between 5 10096 The threshold should be adjusted so that blocking will be effective when the magnetizing current rises above the chosen threshold setting of the low set differential protection For example when a load is suddenly disconnected from a power transformer the voltage at the input terminals of the transformer may rise by 10 2096 of the rated value Since the voltage increases the flux which is the int
242. rm Event Relay O P Event Opto Input Event General Event Fault Rec Event Maint Rec Event Protection Event Fit Rec Extended Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled DDB 31 0 up to DDB 1791 1760 Binary function link strings selecting which DDB signals will be stored as events and which will be filtered out Oscillography disturb recorder Duration 0 10 10 50 s Trigger Position 0 0 100 0 Trigger Mode Single Extended Analog Channel 1 up to Analog Channel 12 Disturbance channels selected from IA IB IC IN IN Sensitive VA VB VC IM V CheckSync only for P543 and P545 and IA2 IB2 IC2 and VCheckSync2 only for P544 and P546 Digital Input 1 up to Digital Input 32 Selected binary channel assignment from any DDB status point within the relay opto input output contact alarms starts trips controls logic Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Input 1 Trigger No up to Input 32 Trigger No Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Measured operating data measure t setup Default Display 3Ph N Current 3Ph Voltage Power Date and Time Description Plant Reference Frequency Access Level Local Values Primary Secondary Remote Values Primary Secondary Measurement Ref VA VB VCHAHBAC Measurement Mode 0 1 2 3 Fix Dem Period 1 99
243. rol Trip CB2 CB Control Control Close CB2 CB Control Close in Prog CB1 Block Main Prot Auto Reclose AR 3pole in prog CB1 CB Control Auto Reclose tBF1 trip 3Ph three phase output from circuit breaker failure logic stage 1 tBF2 trip 3Ph three phase output from circuit breaker failure logic stage 2 tBF1 trip 3Ph three phase output from circuit breaker failure 2 logic stage 1 P544 and P546 only tBF2 trip 3Ph three phase output from circuit breaker failure 2 logic stage 2 P544 and P546 only Control trip operator trip instruction to the circuit breaker via menu or SCADA Does not operate for protection element trips Control close command to the circuit breaker Operates for a manual close command menu SCADA and additionally is driven by the auto reclose close command Control trip operator trip instruction to the circuit breaker 2 via menu or SCADA Does not operate for protection element trips P544 and P546 only Control close command to the circuit breaker 2 Operates for a manual close command menu SCADA P544 and P546 only Control close in progress the relay has been given an instruction to close the circuit breaker but the manual close timer delay has not yet finished timing out Auto reclose block main protection Auto reclose 3 pole in progress dead time is running 845 846 847 848 AR 1pole in prog CB1 Auto Reclose Seq Counte
244. ronpoud peseejei spying Iv 2002 PO 2002 uer 3002 LL LLO L N3 XvSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL Jaye 10 LL 0 Buipeu6dn ZH 09 VL O 195 U UM JODU SEM Juswa nsesw jueuno 43s eui grSd 9 VHGd U uejqoJd e pax q CO CA pijeAut se poyew Buraq jou sjueujeJnseeui JeMod pue eDeyo eui eJeuM SPIING EOLSI 2794 LvSd ur e pexi4 x eJe os g uo peseg uononpoud oj p se 1 spilnq Iy Ay qyedwos Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 1002 290 nss jeuibiuo UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 139 jueseJd Ayjenjoe uey spsooe oueq n s p pesseidwod uou slow BurgodeJ 0 SO s usAaIgq 2 LLA L NaixrSd 198 140 0 CA Bugs JepJooeJ eouequnisip pesseJduioo sjue eld A aJeEMYOS LL uo peseg Apes spying Iy sulleje suiuoo pejuewun seujeuos Juepunpa1 ui dil y l eArssiuJJeg sduyiejui peuyep Jesn 104 9160 LLO L Na XeSd Jaye 10 O ZA 9ySd 8 9794 p UU peuyep 4 3100 1Sd si x dninuu UYA uoneJedo e oJduul o S INDIIO Al9A099 390 9 0 sSS GueuO A J uo peseg Apes spiing Iv Jaye JO 9 0 Buipeu6dn papuswwooaey oeH lu SNIAON au
245. rse UK LT Inverse IEEE M Inverse IEEE V Inverse IEEE E Inverse US Inverse US ST Inverse Non Directional Directional Fwd irectional Rev 0 08 4 00 In 0 00 100 00 s 0 025 1 200 0 01 100 00 DT Inverse 0 00 100 00 s All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the first stage overcurrent 1251 Disabled Enabled P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 26 1253 Direction 12 gt 3 Current Set Non Directional Directional Fwd Directional Rev 0 08 32 00 In 1253 Time Delay 0 00 100 00 5 1254 Status up to 1254 Time Delay 125 VTS Blocking I2 Char Angle I2 V2pol Set All settings and options chosen from the same ranges as per the third stage overcurrent 1253 Binary function link string selecting which Neg Seq O C elements stages 1 to 4 will be blocked if VTS detection of fuse failure occurs 95 95 0 5 25 0 100 110 V Broken conductor Broken Conductor 12 11 Setting 12 11 Time Delay Disabled Enabled 0 20 1 00 0 0 100 0 s Ground overcurrent earth fault IN gt 1 Status IN 1 Function IN 1 Directional IN gt 1 Current Set IN gt 1 IDG Is IN gt 1 IDG Time IN gt 1 Time Delay IN gt 1 TMS IN gt 1 Time Dial IN gt 1 Reset Char IN gt 1 tRESET IN gt 2 Status up to IN gt 2 tRESET Disabled Enabled Enabled VTS Enabled Ch Fail En VTSorCh Fail En VTSandCh Fail DT IEC S Inverse IEC V Inverse IEC E Inverse UK LT
246. s 56kbits s or 64kbits s nternal External nternal External Auto 1 2 3 12 Auto 1 2 3 12 0 001 s 0 00005 s 0 1 s 600 s Ch 1 Failure Ch 2 Failure Ch 1 or Ch 2 Fail Ch 1 and Ch 2 Fail GPS Disabled GPS Standard GPS gt Inhibit GPS 2 Restrain 0 30s Disabled Enabled 0 30 s No operation Restore CDiff Three Ended Two Ended R18 R2 Two Ended L amp R2 Two Ended L amp R1 0 1 s 10 s 096 10076 Disabled Enabled 1 m 50 ms 1 m 50 ms Disabled Enabled 1 m 50 ms 1 m 50 ms 0 9999 s P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Protection functions Line parameters GROUP for 1 to 4 Line Length km 0 30 1000 00 km AD 22 GPS Trans Fail Disabled Enabled GPS Trans Count 1 100 s GPS Trans Timer 0 9999 s IM1 Cmd Type Direct Permissive IM1 FallBackMode Default Latching IMx x 1 to 8 DefaultValue 0 or 1 The IM1 IM8 s setting are common to both Ch1 and Ch2 i e if IM1 DefaultValue is set to 0 it vvill be 0 on Ch1 and on Ch2 Control input user labels Ctrl I P labels Control Input 1 up to Control Input 32 User defined text string to describe the function of the particular control input Settings in multiple groups Note All settings here onwards apply for setting groups 1 to 4 Line Length miles 0 20 625 00 mi Line Impedance 0 05 500 00 In Q Line Angle 20 90
247. s Enabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the alarms of Maximum propagation delay time When the protection communications are enabled the overall propagation delay divided by 2 is calculated and the maximum value is determined and displayed in Measurements 4 column This value is displayed and compared against this setting If the setting is exceeded an alarm MaxCh1 PropDelay DDB 1386 is raised When the protection communications are enabled the overall propagation delay divided by 2 is calculated and the maximum value is determined and displayed in Measurements 4 column This value is displayed and compared against this setting If the setting is exceeded an alarm MaxCh2 PropDelay DDB 1387 is raised TxRx Delay Stats Enabled Enabled or Disabled To enable activate or disable turn off the alarms of absolute difference between the Transmission and Reception propagation delay This setting is visible only in case that GPS Sync is Enabled MaxCh1 Tx RxTime 15 ms 1ms When the protection communications and GPS Sync are enabled the absolute difference between the Transmission and Reception propagation delay is calculated and the maximum value is determined and displayed in Measurements 4 column This value is displayed and compared against this setting If the setting is exceeded an alarm MaxCh1 Tx RxTime DDB 1388 is raised When the protection communications and GPS Sync are enabled the absolute
248. se Protection Op Protection Reset 0 10 5 00s Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled P544 and P546 Auto reclose Num CBs Lead Foll AR Mode AR Mode Leader Select By Select Leader BF if LFail Cls Dynamic F L AR Shots CB1 only CB2 only Both CB1 amp CB2 L1P F1P L1P F3P L3P F3P L1 3P F1 3P L1 3P F3P Opto AR 1P AR 1 3P AR 3P AR Opto Leader by Menu Leader by Opto Leader by Ctrl Sel Leader CB1 Sel Leader CB2 Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled 1 4 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Multi Phase AR Discrim Time CB IS Time CB IS MemoryTime DT Start by Prot 3PDTStart WhenLD DTStart by CB Op Dead Line Time SP AR Dead Time 3P AR DT Shot 1 3P AR DT Shot 2 3P AR DT Shot 3 3P AR DT Shot 4 Follower Time SPAR ReclaimTime 3PAR ReclaimTime AR CBHealthy Time AR CheckSync Time Z1 AR Diff AR Dist Aided AR Z2T AR up to ZAT AR DEF Aided AR Dir Comp AR TOR I gt 1 AR up to I gt 4 AR IN gt 1 AR up to IN gt 4 AR Allow Autoclose BAR 2 and 3 ph BAR 3 phase 20 ms 5 s 5 200 s 10 ms 1 s Protection Reset Protection Op Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled 1 9999 s 0 10 s 10 ms 300 s 1 9999 s 1 9999 s 1 9999 s 100 ms 300 s 1 600 s 1 600s 0 01 9999 s 0 01 9
249. se and Ground 0s 1s 0 s 0 1 s Disabled Enabled 0 s s 1 3 Pole 0 000 1 000 s 0 000 1 000 s 3 Pole 1 and 3 Pole 0 s 0 15 s 0 s 0 1 s Aided Z1 Any Trip or None Disabled Echo Echo and Trip Disabled Enabled 10 V 70 V 0s 1s Bit 0 Z1 Gnd Bit 1 22 Gnd Bit 2 24 Gnd Bit 3 Z1 Ph Bit 4 Z2Ph Bit 5 Z4 Ph Bit 6 DEF Fwd Bit 7 DEF Rev Bit 05 15 05 15 As per aided scheme 1 Trip on close SOTF Status SOTF Delay SOTF Tripping TOR Status Disabled Enabled Pole Dead Enabled ExtPulse En Pdead Pulse 0 2s 1000s Bit 0 Zone 1 Bit 1 Zone 2 Bit 2 Zone 3 Bit 3 Zone P Bit 4 Zone 4 Bit 5 CNV Disabled Enabled Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 TOR Tripping TOC Reset Delay TOC Delay SOTF Pulse Z1 extension Z1 Ext Scheme Z1 Ext Ph Z1 Ext Gnd Loss of load LOL Scheme LOL lt l LOL Window Bit 0 Zone 1 Bit 1 Zone 2 Bit 2 Zone 3 Bit 3 Zone 4 Zone 4 5 0 1 s 2 s 0 05 s 0 2 s 0 1 s 10s Disabled Enabled En on Ch1 Fail En On Ch Fail En All Ch Fail En anyCh Fail 100 200 100 200 Disabled Enabled En on Ch1 Fail En On Ch2 Fail En All Ch Fail En Any Ch Fail 0 05 x In 1 x In 0 01s 0 1s Phase Phase overcurrent overcurrent 151 Status I 1 Function I 1 Directional 151 Current Set I 1 Time Delay 151 TMS I
250. sed for 871 CB2 IB Start Undercurrent breaker failure in models with two CT inputs P544 and P546 only C phase undercurrent level detector pickup detects low current in CT2 It is used for 872 CB2 IC Start Undercurrent breaker failure in models with two CT inputs P544 and P546 only SEF undercurrent level detector pickup 2 IRR eStart Undercurrent detects low current in CT SEF 876 Z1X Active Zone 1 Extension Zone 1 extension active zone 1 is Scheme operating in its reach extended mode Trip on close functions either SOTF or 877 TOC Active Trip on Close TOR active These elements are in service for a period of time following circuit breaker closure Trip on re close protection is active indicated TOC delay timer has elapsed after 878 TOR Active Trip on Close circuit breaker opening and remains in service on auto reclosure for the duration of the trip on close window Switch on to fault protection is active in service on manual breaker closure and then 879 SOTF Active Trip on Close remains in service for the duration of the trip on close window System checks inactive output from the 880 SysChks Inactive CB1 Check Sync check synchronism and other voltage checks 881 CS1 Enabled CB1 PSL Check sync stage 1 enabled 882 CS2 Enabled CB1 PSL Check sync stage 2 enabled 883 Check Sync 1 OK CB1 Check Sync Check sync stage 1 OK 884 Check Sync 2 OK CB1 Check Sync Check sync stage 2 OK System split function enabled 885 S
251. served Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 S MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 1 UPDATE DOCUMENTATION P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 2 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 3 P54x UPDATE DOCUMENTATION In the firmware version 45 and 55K of P54x several changes on existing features have been added These are described with reference to the documentation listed below Release Version Documentation 16 03 2009 P54x EN M Ka4 Technical Manual Document Ref Section Page No Description Functional overview 64 REF protection added Corrected 67 46 to show 4 stages P54x EN IT Ga4 3 1 Ordering options Hardware options updated Redundant Etherner Options added 3 2 Software number updated 1 1 1 P54x EN TD Ja4 Protection functions Phase and ground earth Overcurrent modified to Three Phase Overcurrent Protection Addition 2 of Accuracy claims Earth Fault added REF Added Settings measurements and records list 2 12 Configuration updated 2 15 EIA RS 232 Teleprotection added INTERMiCOM conf added Prot comms IM64 updated Protection functions Phase current differential protection updated Sensitive earth fault updated 7 10 11 7 Measurements list Measurements 1 updated Fault Record Proforma updated P54x EN ST Ba4 Relay settings configuration 4 4 Sensitive E F modified to SEF R
252. setting is set as a multiple of ISEF gt setting for the IDG curve Scandinavian and determines the actual relay current threshold at which the element starts 0 05 x Inser 0 005 x Inser 0 1x Inser 0 00025 x InsEF t stage sensitive earth fault element ISEF gt 1 Time Dial 1 200 s 0 01 s for the first stage definite time element 1 0 025 1 2 0 005 Setting for the time multiplier to adjust the operating time of the IEC IDMT characteristic 1 0 1 100 0 1 Setting for the time multiplier to adjust the operating time of the IEEE US IDMT curves ISEF gt 1 Reset Char DT DT or Inverse N A ISEF gt 1 tRESET Setting to determine the type of reset release characteristic of the IEEE US curves 0 Os 100s 0 01 s Setting to determine the reset release time for definite time reset characteristic ISEF gt 1 IDG Time Setting for the IDG curve ISEF gt 2 Cells as for ISEF gt 1 Above ISEF gt 3 Status ISEF gt 3 Direction Setting to enable or disable the third stage definite time sensitive earth fault element This setting determines the direction of measurement for the third stage element 1 2 1 2 0 01 used to set the minimum operating time at high levels of fault current Disabled Disabled or Enabled Non directional Directional Fwd N A Directional Rev Non directional ISEF gt 3 Current Pick up setting for the third stage sensitive earth fault element 0 4 x InsEF 0 005 x I
253. sible Factory pre set P543 and P545 CT and VT ratio settings Main VT Primary Main VT Secy C S VT Primary C S VT Secondary Phase CT Primary Phase CT Secy SEF CT Primary SEF CT Secy MComp CT Primary MComp CT Secy C S Input Main VT Location CT Polarity CT2 Polarity SEF CT Polarity M CT Polarity VTs Connected 100 V 1 MV 80 140 V 100 V 1 MV 80 140 V 1 A 30 kA 1A 5A 1 A 30 kA 1A 5A 1 A 30 kA 1A 5A A N B N C N A B B C C A A N 1 732 B N 1 732 C N 1 732 Line Bus Standard Inverted Standard Inverted Standard Inverted Standard Inverted Yes No Update Documentation MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 P544 and P546 CT and VT ratio settings Main VT Primary 100 V 1000 kV Main VT Secy 80 140 V CB1 CS VT Prim y 100 V 1000 kV 1 CS VT Secy 80 140 V CB2 CS VT Prim y 100 V 1000 kV CB2 CS VT Secy 80 140 Phase CT Primary 1 0 kA Phase CT Sec y 1 5A SEF CT Primary 1 A 30 kA SEF CT Secondary 1 5 A MComp CT Primary 1 30 k MComp CT Sec y 1 5A CS Input A N B N C N A B B C C A CT1 Polarity Standard Inverted CT2 Polarity Standard Inverted SEF CT Polarity Standard Inverted M CT Polarity Standard Inverted VTs Connected Yes No CB1 CS VT PhShft 180 180 deg CB1 CS VT Mag 0 2 3 CB2 CS VT PhShft 180 180 deg CB2 CS VT Mag 0 2 3 Sequence of event recorder record control Ala
254. simulation testing The P543 and P545 determine the fundamental components and the fifth harmonic components from the line currents and provide fifth harmonic blocking option when the setting cell 13312 Inrush Restraint under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu is set to Blocking For each phase if the level of phase current is above 5 In and if the ratio of fifth harmonic current Ih 5 to fundamental in the line is above the settings at cell 3328 Ih 5 gt then the overfluxing conditions shall be detected which sets the appropriate phase block to block local and remote ends Users can choose to apply Cross blocking or independent blocking by choosing the appropriate setting at cell 3329 Ih 5 CrossBlock under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading If Ih 5 CrossBlock is set to Disabled then independent blocking is used If independent blocking is enabled only the affected phase is blocked at all ends If cross blocking is enabled all phases are blocked at all ends 2 1 4 7 High Set Differential Setting P543 and P545 When Inrush Restraint is set to Restraint or Blocking a high set differential protection becomes active This is provided to ensure rapid clearance for heavy internal faults with saturated CTs Because high set is not restrained by magnetizing inrush hence the setting must be set such that it will not operate for the largest inrush currents expected It is difficult to accurately predict the maximum anticipated level
255. since this winding is usually on the inside and has a lower air core inductance Sandwich windings have approximately equal magnitude currents for both LV and HV Resistance in the source will reduce the magnitude current and increase the rate of decay The magnetizing inrush phenomenon is associated with a transformer winding which is being energized where no balancing current is present in the other winding s This current appears as a large operating signal for the differential protection Therefore special measures are taken with the relay design to ensure that no maloperation occurs during inrush The fact that the inrush current has a high proportion of harmonics having twice the system frequency offers a possibility of stabilization against tripping by the inrush current The P543 and P545 relay provides a choice between harmonic restraint and blocking by setting option both providing stability during transformer inrush conditions To select second harmonic Restraint or Blocking option set the cell 3312 Inrush Restraint under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading to Restraint or Blocking Second harmonic restraints or blocking provide security during transformer energization Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 81 2 1 4 2 Second Harmonic Restraint P543 and P545 The magnetizing inrush current contains a high percentage of second harmonic The P543 and P545 relays filter out this compon
256. ss blocking or independent blocking by choosing the appropriate setting at cell 3321 Ih 2 CrossBlock under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading If Ih 2 CrossBlock is set to Disabled then independent blocking is used If independent blocking is enabled only the affected phase is blocked at all ends If cross blocking is enabled all phases are blocked at all ends The following logic diagram shows the inhibiting of the differential algorithm by magnetizing inrush conditions A 2 Harmonic Ih 2 gt Setting DDB Ih 2 Local Bik A 1016 Intsig Ih 2 Local Bik A MS DDB Ih 2 Local Bik B 1017 Ih 2 gt Setting Intsig Ih 2 Local BK B 24 Ih 2 gt Setting DDB Ih 2 Local B C 1018 Intsig Ih 2 Local Bik C Intsig Ih 2 Local Cross Bik Intsig Ih 2 Block A Intsig sent in message Intsig received in message Intsig Ih 2 Block B Intsig Ih 2 Block C Intsig Ih 2 Rem Cross Blk Intsig Ih 2 Rem Cross Blk Intsig Ih 2 Remi Bk A DDB Ih 2 Rem Bik A 1021 Intsig Ih 2 Rem Intsig Ih 2 Rem BKB DDB Ih 2 Rem Bik B 1022 Intsig Ih 2 Rem2 Bk B Intsig Ih 2 Rem BkC
257. stage compensated overvoltage start Overvoltage signal 924 V1 gt 2 Cmp Start Overvoltage rs compensated overvoltage start 925 1st stage compensated overvoltage trip V1 gt 1 Cmp Trip Overvoltage signal 926 2nd stage compensated overvoltage trip V1 gt 2 Cmp Trip Overvoltage signal 927 Not used 928 CTS Block CT Supervision Standard or differential CT supervision block current transformer supervision 929 CTS Block Diff CT Supervision Differential CT supervision block current transformer supervision 930 CTS Restrain CT Supervision Differential CT supervision restrain current transformer supervision P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 108 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 DDB no English text Source Description E Positive sequence current in local end CT1 931 CT1 Li1 gt CT Supervision exceed CTS i1 gt setting n Positive sequence current in local end CT2 932 CT2Li1 CT Supervision exceed CTS i1 setting n Positive sequence current in remote 1 end 933 CTAR1 if CT Supervision CT1 exceed CTS i1 setting yy Positive sequence current in remote 1 end 934 CT2R1 if CT Supervision CT2 exceed CTS i1 setting Positive sequence current in remote 2 end 935 CT1 R2 if CT Supervision CT1 exceed CTS i1 setting Ee Positive sequence current in remote 2 end 936 CT2 R2 if CT Supervision CT2 exceed CTS i1 setting 937 CT1 L i2 i1 gt CT Supervisio
258. t When loop back mode is set all bits will display zero IM Output Status 00000000 Displays the status of each InterMiCOM output signal Setting for the unique relay address that is encoded in the InterMiCOM sent message Receive Address 2 1 10 1 The aim of setting addresses is to establish pairs of relays which will only communicate with each other Should an inadvertent channel misrouting or spurious loopback occur an error will be logged and the erroneous received data will be rejected As an example in a 2 ended scheme the following address setting would be correct Local relay Source Address 1 Receive Address 2 Remote relay Source Address 2 Receive Address 1 Baud Rate 9600 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 Setting of the signaling speed in terms of number of bits per second The speed will match the capability of the MODEM or other characteristics of the channel provided Ch Statistics Visible Invisible or Visible Settings that makes visible or invisible Channel Statistics on the LCD The statistic is reset by either relay s powering down or using the Reset Statistics cell Rx Direct Count 0 Displays the number of valid Direct Tripping messages since last counter reset Rx Perm Count 0 Displays the number of valid Permissive Tripping messages since last counter reset Rx Block Count 0 Displays the number of valid Blocking messages since last counter reset Rx NewData Count 0 Displays the numbe
259. tabilization P543 and P545 New section Second harmonic restraint P543 and P545 New section Second harmonic blocking P543 and P545 New section Fifth Harmonic blocking P543 and P545 New section High set differential setting P543 and P545 Heading and paragraph one amended Restricted earth fault protection New section Setting guidelines for high impedance Restricted Earth fault REF New section Use of METROSIL non linear resistors New section Integral intertripping New section EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM Modem InterMiCOM New section Read Only mode New section Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 7 Document Ref P54x EN PL Ba4 P54x EN MR Ba4 P54x EN VH I84 Section 1 7 1 4 1 1 4 8 Page No 16 1 46 Description Description of logic node DDB 80 added DDBs 87 to 88 added DDB 95 added DDBs 365 to 368 DDBs 460 to 461 updated DDB 682 added DDBs 737 to 740 updated DDBs 1016 to 1019 updated DDBs 1021 to 1023 added DDBs 1437 to 1440 updated DDB 1616 added DDBs 1665 to 1671 added DDB 1696 to 1697 added DDB 1710 to 1711 added DDB 1728 added DDBs 1759 to 1760 added DDB 1791 added Measured voltages and currents Paragraph one updated Measurement display quantities CT1 and CT2 Magnitude added CT1 and CT2 Phase angle added Firmware and service manual version history Updated with latest relay soft
260. te time setting if selected The setting is visible only when DT function is selected 0 025 1 2 0 005 Phase Char Phase Time Delay Phase TMS Setting for the time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEC IDMT characteristic Phase Time Dial 0 01 100 0 01 Setting for the time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEEE US IDMT curves The Time Dial TD is a multiplier on the standard curve equation in order to achieve the required tripping time The reference curve is based on TD 1 Care Certain manufacturer s use a mid range value of TD 5 or 7 so it may be necessary to divide by 5 or 7 to achieve parity PIT Time 0 28 ps o2s 0 005 s This timer is initiated upon receipt of PIT flag in the message Once this timer elapses and as long as the current is above of Is1 setting the relay closes its three phase differential trip contacts Setting used to compensate CT ratios mismatch between terminals Compensation None Cap Charging Transformer Setting to define type of compensation If set to None Susceptance Inrush Restraint and Transformer are invisible If set to Cap Charging Susceptance setting becomes visible and Inrush Restraint and Transformer are invisible If set to Transformer Inrush Restraint and Vectorial Comp settings become visible while Susceptance setting is invisible Inrush Restraint Id High Set and Vectorial Comp are only applicable in relay models P
261. the re sampling instants at the two ends will be coincidental as shown in Figure 5 Note Figure 5 demonstrates a case where the communications path propagation delay times are not the same P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 50 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 P1004ENa Figure 5 Data Transmission Note Relay A can measure the total elapsed time tA tA1 This equals the sum of the propagation delay times tp1 and tp2 the delay in sending out the initial message ta and the delay time tc td at end B Hence tp1 tp2 tA tA1 ta tc td However because of the GPS synchronization of the re sampling instants tA3 is at the same instant as tB3 therefore tB3 tA3 we can use this knowledge to calculate the receive path delay tp2 tA tA3 td And by the same process the relay can also calculate tp1 In the event of the GPS synchronizing signal becoming unavailable the synchronization of the re sampling instants at the different ends will be lost and the sampling will become asynchronous However the behavior depends on which mode is selected If GPS gt Standard is selected the time alignment of the current data will now be performed by using the memorized value of propagation delay times prior to the GPS outage tp2 in relay A and tp1 in relay B Figure 4 Each relay also keeps measuring the overall propagation delay tp1 tp2 As long as the change in overall propagation delay does not exce
262. the differential message i e currents are sent to the remote end etc and vvith InterMiCOM Fiber the digital message exchanged has the structure and properties of the InterMiCOM Fiber Function Key Invisible or Visible Sets the Function Key menu visible further on in the relay setting menu RP1 Read Only Disabled Disabled Enabled To enable activate or disable turn off Read Only Mode of Rear Port 1 RP2 Read Only Disabled Disabled Enabled To enable activate or disable turn off Read Only Mode of Rear Port 2 Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 37 Menu text Default setting Available settings NIC Read Only Disabled Disabled Enabled To enable activate or disable turn off Read Only Mode of Netvvork Interface Card Sets the LCD contrast 1 2 1 2 1 Integral Teleprotection Settings EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM InterMiCOM operates via an EIA RS 232 physical output on the back of the 2 rear communication board It provides 8 independently settable digital signals that can be conveyed between line ends The InterMiCOM teleprotection is restricted to 2 ends InterMiCOM input and output mapping has to be done in the Programmable Scheme Logic PSL Menu text Default setting Setting range Step size Min Max INTERMICOM COMMS IM Input Status 00000000 Displays the status of each InterMiCOM input signal with IM1 signal starting from the righ
263. the relay menu A feature also exists whereby the protection can be enabled upon failure of the differential protection communication channel not applicable to SEF and REF Functions Earth fault Overcurrent IN can be set to e Permanently disabled e Permanently enabled e Enabled only in case of VT fuse MCB failure e Enabled only in case of protection communication channel failure e Enabled if VT fuse MCB or protection communication channel fail e Enabled if VT fuse MCB and protection communication channel fail In addition each stage not for SEF REF may be disabled by a DDB 467 468 469 and 470 Inhibit IN gt x x 1 2 3 or 4 The VTS element of the relay can be selected to either block the directional element or simply remove the directional control The IN gt and ISEF gt Function Links settings have the following effect VTS Block When the relevant is set to 1 operation of the Voltage Transformer Supervision VTS will block the stage if it directionalized When set to 0 the stage will revert to non directional upon operation of the VTS The inverse time characteristics available for the earth fault protection are the same as those for the phase overcurrent elements but with the addition of an IDG curve characteristic Details of the IDG curve are provided below P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 58 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 1 29 2 Restricted Earth Fault Protection REF The R
264. tings column which can be used to enable or disable many of the functions of the relay The settings associated with any function that is disabled are made invisible in the menu To disable a function change the relevant cell in the Configuration column from Enabled to Disabled The configuration column controls which of the four protection settings groups is selected as active through the Active settings cell A protection setting group can also be disabled in the configuration column provided it is not the present active group Similarly a disabled setting group cannot be set as the active group The column also allows all of the setting values in one group of protection settings to be copied to another group To do this firstly set the Copy from cell to the protection setting group to be copied and then set the copy to cell to the protection group where the copy is to be placed The copied settings are initially placed in the temporary scratchpad and will only be used by the relay following confirmation Menu text Default setting Available settings No Operation All Settings Setting Group 1 Setting Group 2 Setting Group 3 Setting Group 4 Restore Defaults No Operation Setting to restore a setting group to factory default settings To restore the default values to the settings in any Group settings set the restore defaults cell to the relevant Group number Alternatively it is possible to set the restore defaults
265. tion VN gt 1 Voltage Set VN gt 1 Time Delay VN gt 1 TMS VN 1 tReset VN gt 2 Status VN gt 2 Voltage Set VN gt 2 Time Delay Disabled DT IDMT 1 80 V 0 00 100 00 s 0 5 100 0 0 00 100 00 s Disabled Enabled 1 80 V 0 00 100 00 s Thermal overload Characteristic Thermal Trip Thermal Alarm Time Constant 1 Time Constant 2 P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 27 Disabled Single Dual 0 08 4 00 In 50 100 1 200 mins 1 200 mins Power swing out of step power swing Power Swing PSB Reset Delay Zone 1 Ph PSB up to Zone 4 Ph PSB Zone 1 Gnd PSB up to Zone 4 Gnd PSB PSB Unblocking PSB Unblock Delay PSB Reset Delay Out of step Blocking Indication 0 05 2 00 s Blocking Allow Trip Blocking Allow Trip Blocking Allow Trip Blocking Allow Trip Disabled Enabled 0 1 10 0 s 0 5 2 0 s OST Out of Step Tripping mode Z5 Fwd Reach Z6 Fwd Reach 25 Rev Reach Z6 Rev Reach R5 Res Fwd R6 Res Fwd R5 Res Rev R6 Res Rev Blinder Angle Delta t Time Setting Disabled Predictive and OST Trip OST Trip Predictive OST 0 1 500 00 In O 0 1 500 00 In O 0 1 500 00 In O 0 1 500 00 In O 0 1 200 00 In O 0 1 200 00 In O 0 1 200 00 In O 0 1 200 00 In O 20 90 0 02 s 1 s Tost Time Delay Setting 0 s 1 s Undervoltage protection V Measurt Mode V Operate Mode V 1 Function V 1 Voltage Set V 1 Time
266. tting MaxCh1 Tx RxTime has been exceeded 1389 MaxCh2 Tx RxTime Setting MaxCh2 Tx RxTime has been exceeded 1390 to 1404 VTS Blk Distance VTS Logic Signal from the VTS logic that can be used to block operation of the distance elements 1405 to 1407 Not used Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 P54x EN AD Kb4 AD 115 DDB no 1408 1409 English text CB2 Lead Follovver AR 1P Source Auto reclose Auto reclose Description If setting Leader Select By Opto then preferred leader CB is CB1 if input DDB CB2 LEAD is lovv or CB2 if DDB CB2 LEAD is high P544 and P546 only If setting Foll AR Mode Opto then if input DDB FARSP is high the follower CB is enabled for single phase autoreclose if FARSP is low the follower CB is NOT enabled for single phase autoreclose D2215 P544 and P546 only 1410 1411 Follower AR 3P CB2 AR 3p InProg Auto reclose Auto reclose If setting Foll AR Mode Opto then if input DDB FAR3P is high the follower CB is enabled for three phase autoreclose if FAR3P is low the follower CB is NOT enabled for three phase autoreclose P544 and P546 only Autoreclose in progress CB2 P544 and P546 only 1412 1413 to 1416 1417 En CB2 Independ Ext Rst CB2 AROK Auto reclose DDB mapped in PSL from opto or comms input A signal from an autoreclose scheme on an adjacent circuit having shared co
267. u qoid p 9 uuinjoo sju uu inse uu JO sso e peAjosey A eJe os OCH uo peseg uornonpoud oj pesesjeiJ spilnq Iy Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH Eo ou ow Ayyiqueduos UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 130 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 8 1989 L 10 Q CA 86198 1 Q CA SNGGOW Defueu 2 WSO uo peseq eseeja1 soueusjuley pa 2 1109 seuieuos juepunpai jenp ul dujiejur BAISSILAG 2 pe oJduut ojuo papalu seBesseui snounds jo uono pe oJduui swey SNIAON Jo uonde es INVMS JO jjes pe oudujJ uonisinboe ejep enBojeue jo Bulyoayo jjas peAouduu 80 uo peseq eoueuojurelN goog unf voog unr jes uyoa Is g L989L 10 Q CA gELYSDOL 10 Q CA 8 1989 L 10 Q CA Ayyiqueduos Jejsi6eJ SQECOW eiqissecoeu ue Wo BuipeeJ ueuM pJooeJ eoueuejureu e JU A Id A 6 eouequnjsip pesseJduioo sJU9A Id A Aj euuo you 4S0 uo peseq e ueuojulelA uoneziuoJuou s su 601 9 0 809 OJI ui peAjoseM 9JeMJOS Ion uo peseg uononpoud oj peseejeiJ spying Iv Jeje Jo MG0 o Buipeu6dn pepueuiujo28 suoneoijdde
268. u os 5011 pepiv IM Ile JexeeJg Bumes w e20 eut JO yne u durejseuur L olpn 55 EdNC BIA jueuieJnseeui age 6 L p lqes p s uoneziuoJuou s Sd9 9ui ueuM jIqiuu jenueJejjiq JUNO eujojsuonoeuo ii uo peseq uonoejoid eouejsip JnoullA 9rGd 9 SrSd rrSd rGd Jo 6002 JEW 6002 uer vy z S ou Ayyiqueduos L soDueuo Jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss ojep jeuibiuo xuuns UOISJ89A 9J6A3JO 9Je MpJeH S P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 164 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 VVM IN N3 XvSd PVMIN N3 XvSd N3a XvSd uonejueuinoop jes uyooL soxi4 ng SWWON JenueJejiq ay Aq pesn SNI YOO D v u sjueuie OJdu d S dy oipnis VV CA 10 u9 ed epoo Sd9 au o sjueue oudu poo Sd9 au o sjueue oudu Ogp uo peseq uonoejoJd eouejsip JnoullA 9pGd 9 StSd vrSd rSd Jo eseejes sax ng 9poo Sd9 l o sjueuie oJduJ 1X9 nu ui oj 5401100 skejay qa p249 Aem v o uonoeuo2 Janes dy olpnis poui uonesueduiJoo JeuuoJsueJ ul p sn u uA Aj iqeduioo 0 PLZ JO Uojeg Ip UM Al l q LvSd GvSd 0 uon o pesn indui VS u uA sBurnjes jueun24eAo eouenbes ARE N ojuonoedo uoneunByuoo pue dnyejs pie
269. uenbes eAneBeu yoolqun gSd Z Jo ZZ Lz Aue out sessed eouepeduii ueuw penssi yoolq gsd Jaye 10 0 ZA o0 1 jeuonoeuip eouejsiq SJojeJeduuoo 9 sesn Mou 49 Bupioolq pueuuuuoo uolluoui EOLSO Peppy 3401 Ile s pnioul uononpoud o se i Z eseud SI 1002 PO 1002 des LL E ou ow Ayiqueduos Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay nss Jo jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 138 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 LLO L N3 XrSd LLQ L N3 XrSd Jaye 10 LL 0 Buipeu6dn pepueuuooe SULEIE SdH uoneunp poys pesneo yoiym ulejqoJd D A OS NM eic c s uu u2s eulul9 ul 1 140 O CA uonesu duuo jueuno Buibueuo eAnioedeo uonejedo 1294102 seuieuos Sue e ui uueje eJnjrej 9 Jo uoneJedo 198409UI peAjoses slemyos OLL uo peseg uononpoud o peseejei spying Iv Jaye 10 LL Buipeu6dn seBesseui sept 01 G 02809 Dl JO SSO y pesneo uoiuM e peAjoses SO JeuJo xo J9j 140 0 CA sem xpoeqdoo uoym ue qoJd panjosay sjsenbeJ SNIAON pijeAur Aq pesneo Jooga lqissod eouequnisip Aq pesneo 100q81 lqissod slemyos uo peseg uo
270. uit breaker A phase is open 906 B 1 Open C ph CB Status Circuit breaker A phase is open olo o 909 CB 1 Closed B ph CB Status Circuit breaker B phase is closed 910 CB 1 Closed C ph CB Status Circuit breaker C phase is closed Circuit breaker 2 is open all three phases 911 CB2 Open 3 ph CB Status P544 and P546 only Circuit breaker 2 A phase is open P544 and P546 only 1 1 907 B 1 Closed 3 ph CB Status Circuit breaker is closed all three phases 908 CB Status Circuit breaker A phase is closed 912 CB2 Open A ph CB Status Circuit breaker 2 A phase is open P544 and P546 only Circuit breaker 2 A phase is open 914 CB2 Open C ph CB Status P544 and P546 only Circuit breaker 2 is closed all three phases P544 and P546 only 913 CB2 Open B ph CB Status 915 CB2 Closed 3 ph CB Status Circuit breaker 2 A phase is closed P544 and P546 only Circuit breaker 2 B phase is closed 917 CB2 Closed B ph CB Status P544 and P546 only Circuit breaker 2 C phase is closed 918 CB2 Closed C ph CB Status P544 and P546 only PSL 919 Inhibit Cmp V1 1 Inhibit the first stage compensated overvoltage element 916 CB2 Closed A ph CB Status 920 Inhibit Cmp V1 2 Inhibit the second stage compensated overvoltage element 921 Cmp V1 1 Tim Bik PSL Block the first stage compensated overvoltage element 922 Cmp V1 gt 2 Tim Bik PSL Block the second stage compensated overvoltage element 923 V1 1 Cmp Start 1st
271. ult SBEF overcurrent start 779 IN gt 3 Start Earth Fault 3rd stage stand by earth fault SBEF overcurrent start 780 IN gt 4 Start Earth Fault 4th stage stand by earth fault SBEF overcurrent start 781 ISEF gt 1 Start Sensitive Earth Fault 19t stage Sensitive Earth Fault SEF overcurrent start 782 ISEF gt 2 Start Sensitive Earth Fault 2nd stage Sensitive Earth Fault SEF overcurrent start 783 ISEF gt 3 Start Sensitive Earth Fault 3rd stage Sensitive Earth Fault SEF overcurrent start 784 ISEF gt 4 Start Sensitive Earth Fault 4th stage Sensitive Earth Fault SEF overcurrent start 777 IN gt 1 Start Earth Fault 785 Thermal Alarm Thermal Overload Thermal overload alarm 788 Undervoltage stage 1 three phase start 789 Undervoltage stage 1 A phase start 790 Undervoltage stage 1 B phase start 791 V 1 Start C CA Undervoltage Undervoltage stage 1 C phase start 792 Undervoltage stage 2 three phase start 793 Undervoltage stage 2 A phase start 794 V 2 Start B BC Undervoltage Undervoltage stage 2 B phase start 795 Undervoltage stage 2 C phase start 796 Overvoltage stage 1 three phase start 797 V gt 1 Start A AB Overvoltage Overvoltage stage 1 A phase start 798 Overvoltage stage 1 B phase start 799 Overvoltage stage 1 C phase start 800 V22 Start Overvoltage Overvoltage stage 2 three phase start 801 Overvoltage stage 2 A phase start 802 Overvoltage stage 2 B phase start 803 Overvoltage stage 2 C p
272. ultiple of the second harmonic component of the current The multiplying factor which is used to ensure stability is controlled by the setting cell 3314 Ih 2 Multiplier under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading provided the setting cell 3312 Inrush Restraint is set to Restraint This multiplier is used in additional bias calculation as per following formula IF Inrush Restraint setting is set to Restraint Additional bias Ih 2 Multiplier 1 414 largest 2nd harmonic current ELSE Additional bias 0 In the above equation 2nd harmonic current is derived from Fourier filtering techniques Where P543 and P545 relays are used and inrush restrain function is enabled it must be ensured that this function is enabled at each end to avoid possible maloperation P54x EN AD Kb4 S Update Documentation AD 54 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 1 2 2 2 Second Harmonic Blocking P543 and P545 To select second harmonic blocking option set the cell 3312 Inrush Restraint under the GROUP 1 PHASE DIFF menu heading to Blocking Second harmonic blocking provides security during transformer energization For each phase if the level of phase current is above 596 In and if the ratio of second harmonic current Ih 2 to fundamental in the line is above the settings at cell 3320 Ih 2 296 then inrush conditions shall be detected which sets the appropriate phase block to block local and remote ends Users have choice to apply Cro
273. uos Juepunpa ui eAissiUJed 9vGd 9 9794 sduyejui peuyep Jesn 104 9160 1Sd 840014 GGZ Ley e pueu ueo 11 os uisiueuoeui 19JsueJ xoo q Jeunoo p lJIDOIA MOO ejnpouu 3ndui o sonsouBeip jjes pe ouduu sdu jenuejeyp jueuno uoneJnp poys esneo Aew ulejqoud penjosey ooojoud 601 9 0 809 O3l 94 0 sue qoJd jee es D AlOS M peziundo eouequnisip ui Deen WYYgg p sind Q E4NGA 40 Hoddns pue p sind peuoje ejejoA uou Buipnjour sjueure2ueuue sindul joju02 uoneziuoJuou s xoeuo peoueuu3 yoz uo peseg Ajuo UOHEP EA JO SB T L euJ luj soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 6002 Ady 6002 dv 6002 dv nss jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH 002 02 UOISJ9A P54x EN VH Kb4 S Firmware and Service Manual Version History VH 16 150 MiCOM P5483 P544 P545 amp P546 8 1 Na XvSd c 3 L Na XyvSd uonejueuinoop jes uyoo L ZNdd 91 sexij 6nq jo jequinu y SI SNIAON Ela seBesseui poo 1equunu 4510 JO 60 ZA S8AIND WAI 5 suu qoid YSIH Buissiu snajonu aajosay peppe SNJAOIN Jep1028J eouequnjsip JO gt Y gt gt gt gt SIBYJO D O S dJVOIN 104 SP L Dau znd2 0 Bune
274. uu ouAs Synej eseud uu dn sofo 40 Jusna d oj peseeJour Burzuejod ua eouejsiq JO 90 LA si sn ao 9160 jijduuis 0 peppe sjeuBis 400 2160 uoisiSAuo2 du peseejoui eBueJ Kuss jeuueu peseeJoui eBugij Bun s eBeyoA Burzuejog 43 9 435 peppe sseJppe JesJeAiu sseJppe uomoejolgd Auge ospalOul O 9 UOZ Jos oj Pappe sDumjes aal gsd uononpoud oj eseejei 19 1 JO LA Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay 0002 Aew 0002 JEW 0002 994 nss Jo jeuibiuo xiyns 9Je MpJeH 0 20 UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 127 8 1989 L 8 1989 L 51 ueuw dn jewod uo 00 e stuenald 2 JO Opo uo peseg p se l 1 pling 60 50 rSd lUO suoneoidde jeuruJe ui Jn990 UE 18 19361 JO OLA wajqoid 9 e suunjoo sjueueJnseeul Jo sso e pevjosay A gyo uo peseg sping 0LSO rSd AlUO gerogor JO OL LA uoneziuoJuou s BWA EOLSD 94 0 sjueuie oudu spling OLSO rSd AlUO Ae 1989 J9je JO OL LA Sd 0 9160 jeu1ejur Wor parow 9160 UO S AUO du l 8 1989 L uonejueuinoop jes uyooL Bunea OU S1011 BIE
275. w section InterMiCOM variants 2 2 2 5 117 New section InterMiCOM features 2 2 3 5 117 New section Definition of teleprotection commands 2 2 4 5 117 New section MODEM InterMiCOM EIA RS 232 InterMiCOM or Copper InterMiCOM 2 3 5 117 New section Communications media 2 3 1 5 117 New section General features and implementation 2 3 2 5 117 New section EIA RS 232 physical connections 2 3 3 New section Direct connection 2 3 4 5 117 New section EIA RS 232 modem connection 2 3 5 5 117 New section RS422 connection 2 3 6 5 117 New section Fiber optic connection 2 3 7 5 117 New section InterMiCOM functional assignment 2 3 8 5 117 New section InterMiCOM statistics and diagnostics 2 3 9 5 117 New section Read Only mode 3 8 5 132 New section q IN N Protocol port implementation 3 8 1 5 132 New section P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 6 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 Document Ref P54x EN OP Ba4 Continued P54x EN AP Ja4 Section Page No 3 8 1 1 5 132 3 8 1 2 5 132 3 8 1 3 5 132 3 8 2 5 132 3 8 3 5 132 Description IEC 60870 5 103 protocol on rear port 1 New section Courier protocol on rear port 1 2 and Ethernet New section IEC 61850 New section Courier database support New section New DDB signals New section Transformers in zone applications P543 and P545 models Paragraph two amended Paragraph after Note deleted Magnetizing inrush s
276. ware details P54x EN AD Kb4 S AD 8 Update Documentation MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 INTRODUCTION P54x EN IT Ga4 3 1 Functional overview The P54x distance relay contains a wide variety of protection functions features are summarized below The protection Models ANSI FEATURE Optocoupled digital inputs Standard relay output contacts Standard and high break output contacts Dual rated 1A and 5A CT inputs Tripping Mode single or three pole P543 P544 16 P545 P546 87 ABC and ACB phase rotation Multiple password access control levels Phase segregated current differential 2 and 3 terminal lines cables Feeders with in zone transformers 21P 21G Control of dual circuit breakers Suitable for use with SDH SONET networks using P594 InterMiCOM teleprotection for direct relay relay communication Characteristic Mutual compensation for fault locator and distance zones Oo gt N Mho and quadrilateral 85 50 27 68 Communication aided schemes PUTT POTT Blocking Weak Infeed Accelerated tripping loss of load and Z1 extension Switch on to fault and trip on recluse elements for fast fault clearance upon breaker closure Power swing blocking 78 67N 50 51 67 50N 51N 67N 51N 67N SEF 64 67 46 Out of step Directional earth fault DEF unit protection Ph
277. welgold e peA oses pejoejes jou u ym peideooe Bureq SNAAON Jo e Jo GO ZA BIA SPUEWWOOI esojo duj g2 oi pejejeJ Wajqoid peAjoses SNIAON BIA spueululoo esojo duj g2 19e400ul uiejqoJd peAjoses eoeyeiut SNIAON au Je o Aejdsip o pesn yewo y 1294102 1U A UEIS E Joud peJunooo YOIUM sjue e ZNASY 01 9 02809 O3l ui l lqold e parjosay Duuod sse 01 G 02809 O3l Uim l lqold e penjosey Buiuuni jou SPIINQ 01 9 02809 31 ZrSd 9 Ltd UMA uejqoJd pewoses Is soDueuo jo uondu os q m xpSd adh Aejay gt 00 AON nss Jo jeuibiuo 9Je MpJeH 8 3002 21 UOISJ9A Firmware and Service Manual P54x EN VH Kb4 S Version History MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 VH 16 143 NV 1981109 Um peuodei 01 9 02809 OI u duuejurjenuejeig A LZ3 L N3 XrSd Jo e Jo GO ZA uonisinboe eyep an ojeue jo Bunppeuo jjes pe oJdu A 2211 uo peseg euiojsno euo o pal ddns uononpoud oj JON jueseJd Ayjenjoe uey spio5S i oueq n s p pesseJduioo uou sow BuruodeJ 0 S2 S u A 1d 123 1 Na xesd 19je 10 GO ZA o do sq3n1 s ejeJ Jo uonejedo 0 4010 6 eouequnjsip pesseJduioo SJUBABIG slemyos qz uo peseg uononpouJd peseejeiJ spilnq IN suJeJe Aejap suiuoo pejuewun SJexe dnjnuu Lea l Na xvsd 194e
278. xceeds threshold on phase B may be used to block any instantaneous distance elements that reach through the reactance of a power transformer 2nd harmonic current ratio exceeds threshold on phase C may be used to block any instantaneous distance elements that reach through the reactance of a power transformer 2nd harmonic current ratio exceeds threshold on neutral current measurement may be used to block any instantaneous distance elements that reach through the reactance of a power transformer 1020 1021 1022 1023 Clear Stats Cmd Ih 2 Rem Blk A Ih 2 Rem BIk B Ih 2 Rem Bik C PSL SW 7 7 This is an indication of the command Clear Statistics available in the PSL This DDB could be used to reset statistics at the remote end via IM64 by linking it to DDB 544 clear statistics at the remote end Indication that remote end phase A is blocked by 2nd harmonic Indication that remote end phase B is blocked by 2nd harmonic Indication that remote end phase C is blocked by 2nd harmonic 1024 LED1 Red Output Conditioner Programmable LED 1 red is energized 1025 LED1 Grn Output Conditioner Programmable LED 1 green is energized 1038 LED8 Red Output Conditioner Programmable LED 8 red is energized 1039 LED8 Grn Output Conditioner Programmable LED 8 green is energized 1040 FnKey LED1 Red Output Conditioner Programmable function Key LED 1 red is energized 1041 FnKey LED
279. xternal resistor is required The value of this resistor Rsr is calculated by the formula shown in Figure 10 An additional non linear metrosil may be required to limit the peak secondary circuit voltage during internal fault conditions To ensure that the protection will operate quickly during an internal fault the CT s used to operate the protection must have a kneepoint voltage of at least 4 Vs The necessary relay connections for high impedance REF are shown in Figure 61 Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 59 P2044ENc Figure 61 High impedance REF relay CT connections Undervoltage Protection Both the under and overvoltage protection functions can be found in the relay menu Volt Protection The measuring mode ph N or ph ph and operating mode single phase or 3 phase for both stages are independently settable Stage 1 may be selected as either IDMT DT or Disabled within the V 1 function cell Stage 2 is DT only and is enabled disabled in the V 2 status cell Two stages are included to provide both alarm and trip stages where required Alternatively different time settings may be required depending upon the severity of the voltage dip Outputs are available for single or three phase conditions via the V Operate Mode cell When the protected feeder is de energized or the circuit breaker is opened an undervoltage condition would be detected Therefore the V Polehead I
280. y timer 1 191 Timer out 16 Auxiliary Timer Output from auxiliary timer 16 192 Control Input 1 Control Input Command Control input 1 for SCADA and menu commands into PSL 223 Control Input 32 Control Input Command Control input 32 for SCADA and menu commands into PSL Virtual output 1 allows user to control a 256 Virtual Output 1 binary signal which can be mapped via SCADA protocol output to other devices Virtual output 32 allows user to control a 287 Virtual Output32 binary signal which can be mapped via SCADA protocol output to other devices _ Setting group selection opto inputs have 299 SG pto Invalid SE detected an invalid disabled settings group 289 Prot n Disabled Commissioning Test Protection disabled typically out of service due to test mode Static test mode option bypasses the delta phase selectors power swing detection and 290 Static Test Mode Commissioning Test reverts to conventional directional line and cross polarization to allow testing with test sets that can not simulate a real fault 291 Test Loopback C Diff Loopback test in service external or internal 292 Test IM64 C Diff Indication that relay is in test mode 293 VT Fail Alarm VT Supervision VTS indication alarm failed VT fuse blow detected by VT supervision CTS indication alarm CT supervision alarm In the cases of two CTs GR If standard CTS is used this 294 CT Fail Alarm CT Supervision indication is ON in case of failure on any of the CTs If Dif
281. ys 64kbit s will offer slightly faster data transmission The setting is invisible when IEEE C37 94 Comm Mode is selected Baud Rate Ch 2 64 kbits s 56 kbits s or 64 kbits s As Baud Rate Ch1 cell Clock Source Ch1 Internal Internal or External Setting that defines which clock source is used to synchronize data transmissions over channel 1 The setting will depend on communications configuration and external clock source availability If relays are connected direct fiber over channel 1 Internal setting should be selected If channel 1 is routed via a multiplexer either setting may be required see Application Notes Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 41 Menu text Default setting Setting that matches the clock source being used for data synchronization over channel 2 Chi N 64kbits s Auto 1 2 3 or 12 Setting for channel 1 when connected to MUX When set to Auto P54x will configure itself to match the multiplexer Setting range Step size Internal or External The setting is visible only when IEEE C37 94 Comm Mode is selected Ch2 N 64kbits s Auto 1 2 3 or 12 Setting for channel 2 when connected to Mux The setting is visible only when IEEE C37 94 Comm Mode is selected Comm Delay Tol 0 00025 s 0 00025 s 0 001 s 0 00005 s If successive calculated propagation times exceed this time delay setting the relay will init
282. ysSplit Enabled PSL P543 and P545 only 886 Live Bus CB1 Voltage Monitoring Indicates live bus condition is detected 887 Dead Bus CB1 Voltage Monitoring Indicates dead bus condition is detected 888 Voltage Monitoring Indicates live line condition is detected 889 Voltage Monitoring Indicates dead line condition is detected 890 All Poles Dead Pole Dead Logic logic detecis 3 phase breaker 891 Any Pole Dead Pole Dead Logic Pole dead logic detects at least one breaker pole open 892 Pole Dead A Pole Dead Logic Phase A pole dead 893 Pole Dead B Pole Dead Logic Phase B pole dead 894 Pole Dead C Pole Dead Logic Phase C pole dead 897 AR Check Sync OK PSL Input to the auto reclose logic to indicate system in synchronism Update Documentation P54x EN AD Kb4 MiCOM P543 P544 P545 amp P546 AD 107 DDB no English text Source Description Input to the circuit breaker control logic to 898 Ctl Check Sync PSL indicate manual check synchronization conditions are satisfied 899 AR Sys Checks OK PSL Input to the auto reclose logic to indicate system checks conditions are satisfied External check sync is OK for CB1 900 CB1 Ext CS OK Check sync P544 and P546 only External check sync is OK for CB2 P544 and P546 only 901 CB2 Ext CS OK Check sync 902 Not used 903 CB 1 Open 3 ph CB Status Circuit breaker is open all three phases 904 CB 1 Open A ph CB Status Circuit breaker A phase is open 905 CB 1 Open B ph CB Status Circ

Schneider P546 1

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents